UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
x
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2011
OR
¨
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from to
Commission file number: 001-33033
PORTER BANCORP, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Kentucky
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
61-1142247
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
2500 Eastpoint Parkway, Louisville, Kentucky
(Address of principal executive offices)
40223
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (502) 499-4800
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Common Stock, no par value
Name of each exchange on which registered
NASDAQ Global Market
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act). Yes ¨ No x
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to
such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data
File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or
for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be
contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form
10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting
company. See definition of “accelerated filer”, “large accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
(Check one):
Large accelerated filer ¨ Accelerated filer ¨ Non-accelerated filer ¨ Smaller reporting company x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ¨ No x
The aggregate market value of the voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity
was last sold as of the close of business on June 30, 2011, was $23,153,647 based upon the last sales price reported for such date on the
NASDAQ Global Market.
The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s Common Stock, no par value, as of February 29, 2012, was 11,823,865.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 16, 2012 are incorporated by reference into
Part III of this Form 10-K.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I
Item 1. Business
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2. Properties
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Item 6. Selected Financial Data
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Item 9B. Other Information
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Signatures
Index to Exhibits
Page No.
1
1
11
22
22
22
22
23
23
25
26
55
57
98
98
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
100
100
101
102
Preliminary Note Concerning Forward-Looking Statements
PART I
This report contains statements about the future expectations, activities and events that constitute forward-looking statements. Forward-looking
statements express our beliefs, assumptions and expectations of our future financial and operating performance and growth plans, taking into
account information currently available to us. These statements are not statements of historical fact. The words “believe,” “may,” “should,”
“anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “objective,” “seek,” “plan,” “strive” or similar words, or the negatives of these words, identify
forward-looking statements.
Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations of future
results we expressed or implied in any forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties can be difficult to predict and may be out of our
control. Factors that could contribute to differences in our results include, but are not limited to deterioration in the financial condition of
borrowers resulting in significant increases in loan losses and provisions for those losses; changes in the interest rate environment, which may
reduce our margins or impact the value of securities, loans, deposits and other financial instruments; changes in loan underwriting, credit review
or loss reserve policies associated with economic conditions, examination conclusions, or regulatory developments; general economic or
business conditions, either nationally, regionally or locally in the communities we serve, may be worse than expected, resulting in, among other
things, a deterioration in credit quality or a reduced demand for credit; the results of regulatory examinations; any matter that would cause us to
conclude that there was impairment of any asset, including intangible assets; the continued service of key management personnel; our ability to
attract, motivate and retain qualified employees; factors that increase the competitive pressure among depository and other financial institutions,
including product and pricing pressures; the ability of our competitors with greater financial resources to develop and introduce products and
services that enable them to compete more successfully than us; the impact of governmental restrictions on entities participating in the Capital
Purchase Program of the U.S. Department of the Treasury; inability to comply with regulatory capital requirements and to secure any required
regulatory approvals for capital actions; legislative or regulatory developments, including changes in laws concerning taxes, banking, securities,
insurance and other aspects of the financial services industry; and fiscal and governmental policies of the United States federal government.
Other risks are detailed in Item 1A. “Risk Factors” of this Form 10-K all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our
control.
Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of performance or results. A forward-looking statement may include the assumptions or bases
underlying the forward-looking statement. We have made our assumptions and bases in good faith and believe they are reasonable. We caution
you however, that estimates based on such assumptions or bases frequently differ from actual results, and the differences can be material. The
forward-looking statements included in this report speak only as of the date of the report. We do not intend to update these statements unless
applicable laws require us to do so.
Item 1.
Business
Overview
We are a bank holding company headquartered in Louisville, Kentucky. We are the eighth largest independent banking organization domiciled
in the state of Kentucky based on total assets. Through our wholly-owned subsidiary PBI Bank, we operate 18 full-service banking offices in
twelve counties in Kentucky. Our markets include metropolitan Louisville in Jefferson County and the surrounding counties of Henry and
Bullitt, and extend south along the Interstate 65 corridor to Tennessee. We serve south central Kentucky and southern Kentucky from banking
offices in Butler, Green, Hart, Edmonson, Barren, Warren, Ohio, and Daviess Counties. We also have an office in Lexington, the second largest
city in Kentucky. PBI Bank is both a traditional community bank with a wide range of commercial and personal banking products, including
wealth management and trust services, and an innovative on-line bank which delivers competitive deposit products and services through an on-
line banking division operating under the name of Ascencia. As of December 31, 2011, we had total assets of $1.5 billion, total net loans of $1.1
billion, total deposits of $1.3 billion and stockholders’ equity of $84 million.
History
We were organized in 1988, and historically conducted our banking business through separate community banks under the common control of J.
Chester Porter, our chairman, and Maria L. Bouvette, our president and chief executive officer. In 2005, we completed a reorganization in which
we consolidated our subsidiary banks into a single bank. On December 31, 2005, we renamed our consolidated subsidiary PBI Bank to create a
single brand name for our banking operations throughout our market area. We completed our initial public offering in September 2006.
1
On November 21, 2008, we issued to the U.S. Treasury, in exchange for cash consideration of $35.0 million, (i) 35,000 shares of Fixed Rate
Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), and (ii) a
warrant to purchase up to 330,561 shares of our common stock for $15.88 per share.
In 2010, we completed a $32 million private placement to accredited investors. Following completion of the transactions involved, Porter
Bancorp had issued (i) 2,465,569 shares of common stock, (ii) 317,042 shares of Non−Voting Cumulative Mandatorily Convertible Perpetual
Preferred Shares, Series C (“Series C Preferred Stock”) and (iii) warrants to purchase to purchase 1,163,045 shares of non-voting common stock
at a price of $11.50 per share. See Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation – Capital.
On June 24, 2011, PBI Bank entered into a consent order with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the Kentucky
Department of Financial Institutions (“KDFI”). The consent order requires the Bank to improve its asset quality, reduce its loan concentrations,
and maintain a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 9% and a minimum total risk based capital ratio of 12%.
On September 21, 2011, Porter Bancorp entered into a written agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis. Porter Bancorp made
formal commitments to use its resources to serve as a source of strength for PBI Bank, to assist the Bank in addressing weaknesses identified by
the FDIC and the KDFI, to pay no dividends without prior written approval, to pay no interest on subordinated debentures or principal on trust
preferred securities without written approval, and to submit a plan to maintain sufficient capital.
Our Markets
We operate in markets that include the four largest cities in Kentucky – Louisville, Lexington, Owensboro and Bowling Green – and in other
communities along the I-65 corridor.
■ Louisville/Jefferson, Bullitt and Henry Counties: Our headquarters are in Louisville, the largest city in Kentucky and the
twenty-seventh largest city in the United States. The Louisville metropolitan area includes the consolidated Louisville/Jefferson
County and 12 surrounding Kentucky and Southern Indiana counties with an estimated 1.3 million residents in 2010. We also have
banking offices in Bullitt County, south of Louisville, and Henry County, east of Louisville. Our six banking offices in these
counties also serve the contiguous counties of Spencer, Shelby and Oldham to the east and northeast of Louisville. The area’s
employers are diversified across many industries and include the air hub for United Parcel Service (“UPS”), two Ford assembly
plants, General Electric’s Consumer and Industrial division, Humana, Norton Healthcare, Brown-Forman and YUM! Brands.
■ Lexington/Fayette County: Lexington, located in Fayette County, is the second largest city in Kentucky with an estimated
countywide population of over 296,000 in 2010. Lexington is the financial, educational, retail, healthcare and cultural hub for
Central and Eastern Kentucky. It is known worldwide for its Bluegrass horse farms and Keeneland Race Track, and proudly boasts
of itself as “The Horse Capital of the World.” It is also the home of the University of Kentucky and Transylvania University. The
area’s employers include Toyota, Lexmark, IBM Global Services and Valvoline.
■ Owensboro/Daviess County: Owensboro, located on the banks of the Ohio River, is Kentucky’s third largest city. Daviess County
had an estimated countywide population of approximately 97,000 in 2010. The city is called a festival city, with over 20 annual
community celebrations that attract visitors from around the world, including its world famous Bar-B-Q Festival which attracts
over 80,000 visitors giving Owensboro recognition as “The Bar-B-Q Capital of the World”. It is an industrial, medical, retail and
cultural hub for Western Kentucky and the area employers include Owensboro Medical System, Texas Gas, US Bank Home
Mortgage and Toyotetsu.
■ Southern Kentucky: This market includes Bowling Green, the fourth largest city in Kentucky, located about 60 miles north of
Nashville, Tennessee. Bowling Green, located in Warren County, is the home of Western Kentucky University and is the
economic hub of an estimated countywide population of approximately 156,000 in 2010. This market also includes thriving
communities in the contiguous Barren County, including the city of Glasgow. Major employers in Barren and Warren Counties
include GM’s Corvette plant and several other automotive facilities and R.R. Donnelley’s regional printing facility .
■ South Central Kentucky: South of the Louisville metropolitan area, we have banking offices in Butler, Edmonson, Green, Hart,
and Ohio Counties, which had a combined population of approximately 78,000 in 2010. This region includes stable community
markets comprised primarily of agricultural and service-based businesses. Each of our banking offices in these markets has a stable
customer and core deposit base.
2
Our Products and Services
We meet our customers’ banking needs with a broad range of financial products and services. Our lending services include real estate,
commercial, mortgage and consumer loans to small to medium-sized businesses, the owners and employees of those businesses, and other
executives and professionals. We complement our lending operations with an array of retail and commercial deposit products. In addition, we
offer our customers drive-through banking facilities, automatic teller machines, night depository, personalized checks, credit cards, debit cards,
internet banking, electronic funds transfers through ACH services, domestic and foreign wire transfers, travelers’ checks, cash management,
vault services, loan and deposit sweep accounts and lock box services. Through our trust division, we offer personal trust services, employer
retirement plan services and personal financial and retirement planning services.
Employees
At December 31, 2011, the Company had 291 full-time equivalent employees. Our employees are not subject to a collective bargaining
agreement, and management considers the Company’s relationship with employees to be good.
Competition
The banking business is highly competitive, and we experience competition in our market from many other financial institutions. Competition
among financial institutions is based upon interest rates offered on deposit accounts, interest rates charged on loans, other credit and service
charges relating to loans, the quality and scope of the services offered, the convenience of banking facilities and, in the case of loans to
commercial borrowers, relative lending limits. We compete with commercial banks, credit unions, savings and loan associations, mortgage
banking firms, consumer finance companies, securities brokerage firms, insurance companies, money market funds and other mutual funds, as
well as super-regional, national and international financial institutions that operate offices within our market area and beyond.
There are a number of banks that offer services exclusively over the internet and other banks market their internet services to their customers
nationwide. Many of the larger banks have greater market presence and greater financial resources to market their internet banking services.
Additionally, new competitors and competitive factors are likely to emerge, particularly in view of the rapid development of internet commerce.
On the other hand, we believe that many customers prefer to be able to conduct their banking transactions at local banking offices. We believe
that these findings support our strategic decision to complement our traditional community bank with our uniquely branded online bank to offer
customers the benefits of both traditional and internet banking services.
Supervision and Regulation
Consent Order and Formal Written Agreement. On June 24, 2011, PBI Bank entered into a Consent Order with the FDIC and the Kentucky
Department of Financial Institutions. PBI Bank agreed to obtain the written consent of both agencies before declaring or paying any future
dividends. As a practical matter, PBI Bank will not be able to pay dividends to Porter Bancorp for the foreseeable future . The consent order also
establishes benchmarks for the Bank to improve its asset quality, reduce its loan concentrations, and maintain a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of
9% and a minimum total risk based capital ratio of 12%. At December 31, 2011, the Bank’s Tier 1 leverage ratio declined to 6.3% and its total
risk-based capital ratio declined to 11.0%, which are below the minimums of 9.0% and 12.0% required by the Bank’s Consent Order. At
December 31, 2011, Porter Bancorp’s leverage ratio was 6.6% and its total risk-based capital ratio was 11.3%. We are continuing our efforts to
strengthen our capital levels and comply with the Consent Order.
On September 21, 2011, we entered into a formal written agreement with the Federal Bank of St. Louis. Porter Bancorp made formal
commitments in the agreement to use its financial and management resources to serve as a source of strength for the Bank and to assist the Bank
in addressing weaknesses identified by the FDIC and the KDFI, to pay no dividends without prior written approval, to pay no interest or
principal on subordinated debentures or trust preferred securities without written approval, and to submit an acceptable plan to maintain
sufficient capital.
Bank and Holding Company Laws, Rules and Regulations. The following is a summary description of the relevant laws, rules and
regulations governing banks and bank holding companies. The descriptions of, and references to, the statutes and regulations below are brief
summaries and do not purport to be complete. The descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the specific statutes and regulations
discussed.
The Dodd-Frank Act. On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (“Dodd-Frank Act”) was
signed into law. The Dodd-Frank Act imposes new restrictions and an expanded framework of regulatory oversight for financial institutions,
including depository institutions. Because the Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of regulations with
significant discretion, many of the details of the new law and the effects it will have on the Company are not known at this time.
3
The Dodd-Frank Act represents a comprehensive overhaul of the financial services industry within the United States. There are a number of
reform provisions that are likely to significantly impact the ways in which banks and bank holding companies, including the Company, do
business. For example, the Dodd-Frank Act changes the assessment base for federal deposit insurance premiums by modifying the deposit
insurance assessment base calculation to be based on a depository institution’s consolidated assets less tangible capital instead of deposits,
permanently increases the standard maximum amount of deposit insurance per customer to $250,000 and extends the unlimited deposit insurance
on non-interest bearing transaction accounts through January 1, 2013. The Dodd-Frank Act also imposes more stringent capital requirements on
bank holding companies by, among other things, imposing leverage ratios on bank holding companies and prohibiting new trust preferred
security issuances from counting as Tier I capital. The Dodd-Frank Act also repeals the federal prohibition on the payment of interest on demand
deposits, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transaction and other accounts. The Act codifies and expands the
Federal Reserve’s source of strength doctrine, which requires that all bank holding companies serve as a source of financial strength for its
subsidiary banks. Other provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act include, but are not limited to: (i) the creation of a new financial consumer protection
agency that is empowered to promulgate new consumer protection regulations and revise existing regulations in many areas of consumer
protection; (ii) enhanced regulation of financial markets, including derivatives and securitization markets; (iii) reform related to the regulation of
credit rating agencies; (iv) the elimination of certain trading activities by banks; and (v) new disclosure and other requirements relating to
executive compensation and corporate governance.
Many provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will not be implemented immediately and will require interpretation and rule making by federal
agencies. The Company is monitoring all relevant sections of the Dodd-Frank Act to ensure continued compliance with laws and regulations.
While the ultimate effect of the Dodd-Frank Act on the Company cannot currently be determined, the law is likely to result in increased
compliance costs and fees paid to regulators, along with possible restrictions on the Company’s operations.
Porter Bancorp. Porter Bancorp is registered as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and is
subject to supervision and regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. As such, we must file with the Federal Reserve
Board annual and quarterly reports and other information regarding our business operations and the business operations of our subsidiaries. We
are also subject to examination by the Federal Reserve Board and to operational guidelines established by the Federal Reserve Board. We are
subject to the Bank Holding Company Act and other federal laws on the types of activities in which we may engage, and to other supervisory
requirements, including regulatory enforcement actions for violations of laws and regulations.
Acquisitions. A bank holding company must obtain Federal Reserve Board approval before acquiring, directly or indirectly, ownership or
control of more than 5% of the voting stock or all or substantially all of the assets of a bank, merging or consolidating with any other bank
holding company and before engaging, or acquiring a company that is not a bank but is engaged in certain non-banking activities. Federal law
also prohibits a person or group of persons from acquiring “control” of a bank holding company without notifying the Federal Reserve Board in
advance, and then only if the Federal Reserve Board does not object to the proposed transaction. The Federal Reserve Board has established a
rebuttable presumptive standard that the acquisition of 10% or more of the voting stock of a bank holding company would constitute an
acquisition of control of the bank holding company. In addition, any company is required to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve Board
before acquiring 25% (5% in the case of an acquirer that is a bank holding company) or more of any class of a bank holding company’s voting
securities, or otherwise obtaining control or a “controlling influence” over a bank holding company.
Permissible Activities. A bank holding company is generally permitted under the Bank Holding Company Act to engage in or acquire direct or
indirect control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any bank, bank holding company or company engaged in any activity that the Federal
Reserve Board determines to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident to the business of banking.
Under current federal law, a bank holding company may elect to become a financial holding company, which enables the holding company to
conduct activities that are “financial in nature.” Activities that are “financial in nature” include securities underwriting, dealing and market
making; sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies; insurance underwriting and agency; merchant banking activities; and activities that
the Federal Reserve Board has determined to be closely related to banking. No regulatory approval will be required for a financial holding
company to acquire a company, other than a bank or savings association, engaged in activities that are financial in nature or incidental to
activities that are financial in nature, as determined by the Federal Reserve Board. We have not filed an election to become a financial holding
company.
4
U.S. Treasury Capital Purchase Program . On November 21, 2008, pursuant to the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s (the “U.S. Treasury”)
Capital Purchase Program (the “CPP”), established under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”), Porter Bancorp issued
and sold to the U.S. Treasury in an offering exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, (i) 35,000 shares of Porter Bancorp’s
Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, no par value and liquidation preference $1,000 per share ($35 million aggregate
liquidation preference) (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) and (ii) a warrant (the “Warrant”) to purchase 330,561 shares (adjusted for stock
dividends) of Porter Bancorp’s common stock, at an exercise price of $15.88 per share (adjusted for stock dividends), subject to certain anti-
dilution and other adjustments for an aggregate purchase price of $35 million in cash. The securities purchase agreement, dated November 21,
2008, pursuant to which the securities issued to the U.S. Treasury under the CPP were sold, limits the payment of dividends on Porter Bancorp’s
common stock to the quarterly dividend level at the time of the transaction without prior approval of the U.S. Treasury, limits Porter Bancorp’s
ability to repurchase shares of its common stock (with certain exceptions, including the repurchase of our common stock to offset share dilution
from equity-based compensation awards) and grants registration rights to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Warrant and the
common stock of Porter Bancorp to be issued upon any exercise of the Warrant.
The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (“ARRA”) was enacted on February 17, 2009. ARRA imposes certain executive compensation
and corporate governance obligations on all current and future CPP recipients, including Porter Bancorp, until the institution has redeemed the
preferred stock. On June 15, 2009, under the authority granted to it under EESA and ARRA, the U. S. Treasury issued an interim final rule under
Section 111 of EESA, as amended by ARRA, regarding compensation and corporate governance restrictions that would be imposed on CPP
recipients, effective June 15, 2009. As a CPP recipient with currently outstanding CPP obligations, we are subject to the compensation and
corporate governance restrictions and requirements set forth in the interim final rule. The restrictions and requirements provided for in the
implementing regulations are generally as follows: (1) required us to establish an independent compensation committee, (2) required us to adopt
a corporate policy on luxury or excessive expenditures; (3) requires our compensation committee to conduct semi-annual risk assessments to
assure that our compensation arrangements do not encourage “unnecessary and excessive risks” or the manipulation of earnings to increase
compensation; (4) requires us to recoup or “clawback” any bonus, retention award or incentive compensation paid by us to a senior executive
officer or any of our next 20 most highly compensated employees, if the payment was based on financial statements or other performance criteria
that are later found to be materially inaccurate; (5) prohibits us from making severance payments or “golden parachutes” to any of our senior
executive officers or next five most highly compensated employees; (6) prohibits us from paying or accruing bonuses, retention awards or
incentive compensation, except for certain long-term stock awards, to our five most highly compensated employees; (7) prohibits us from
providing tax gross-ups to any of our senior executive officers or next 20 most highly compensated employees; (8) requires us to provide
enhanced disclosure of perquisites to the FDIC and the U.S. Treasury; (9) requires us to disclose to the FDIC and the U.S. Treasury the use and
role of compensation consultants; (10) requires our chief executive officer and chief financial officer to provide period certifications about our
compensation practices and compliance with the interim final rule; and (11) requires us to provide an annual non-binding shareholder vote, or
“say-on-pay” proposal, to approve the compensation of our named executives, consistent with regulations promulgated by the Securities and
Exchange Commission. On January 12, 2010, the SEC adopted final regulations setting forth the parameters for such say-on pay proposals for
public company CPP participants.
Capital Adequacy Requirements. The Federal Reserve Board has adopted a system using risk-based capital guidelines to evaluate the capital
adequacy of bank holding companies. Under the guidelines, specific categories of assets are assigned different risk weights, based generally on
the perceived credit risk of the asset. These risk weights are multiplied by corresponding asset balances to determine a “risk-weighted” asset
base. The guidelines require a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0%. At least half of the total capital must be composed of common
equity, retained earnings, senior perpetual preferred stock issued to the U. S. Treasury under the CPP and qualifying perpetual preferred stock
and certain hybrid capital instruments, less certain intangible assets (“Tier 1 capital”). The remainder may consist of certain subordinated debt,
certain hybrid capital instruments, qualifying preferred stock and a limited amount of the allowance for loan losses (“Tier 2 capital”). Total
capital is the sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. To be considered well-capitalized under the risk-based capital guidelines, an institution must
maintain a total capital to total risk-weighted assets ratio of at least 10% and a Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets ratio of 6% or greater.
We are under a Consent Order with our primary regulators as previously discussed. Please see “Supervision and Regulation” above for our
capital requirements.
In addition to the risk-based capital guidelines, the Federal Reserve Board uses a leverage ratio as an additional tool to evaluate the capital
adequacy of bank holding companies. The leverage ratio is a company’s Tier 1 capital divided by its average total consolidated assets. Certain
highly rated bank holding companies may maintain a minimum leverage ratio of 3.0%, but other bank holding companies may be required to
maintain a leverage ratio of 4.0%.
The federal banking agencies’ risk-based and leverage ratios are minimum supervisory ratios generally applicable to banking organizations that
meet certain specified criteria, assuming that they have the highest regulatory rating. Banking organizations not meeting these criteria are
expected to operate with capital positions well above the minimum ratios. The federal bank regulatory agencies may set capital requirements for
a particular banking organization that are higher than the minimum ratios when circumstances warrant. Federal Reserve Board guidelines also
provide that banking organizations experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital positions
substantially above the minimum supervisory levels, without significant reliance on intangible assets.
5
Dividends. Under Federal Reserve policy, bank holding companies should pay cash dividends on common stock only out of income available
over the past year and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition.
The policy provides that bank holding companies should not declare a level of cash dividends that undermines the bank holding company’s
ability to serve as a source of strength to its banking subsidiaries.
Porter Bancorp is a legal entity separate and distinct from PBI Bank. The majority of our revenue is from dividends paid to us by PBI Bank. PBI
Bank is subject to laws and regulations that limit the amount of dividends it can pay. If, in the opinion of a federal regulatory agency, an
institution under its jurisdiction is engaged in or is about to engage in an unsafe or unsound practice, the agency may require, after notice and
hearing, that the institution cease such practice. The federal banking agencies have indicated that paying dividends that deplete an institution’s
capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Improvement Act (FDICIA), an insured institution may not pay any dividend if payment would cause it to become undercapitalized or if it
already is undercapitalized. Moreover, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC have issued policy statements providing that bank holding companies
and banks should generally pay dividends only out of current operating earnings. A bank holding company may still declare and pay a dividend
if it does not have current operating earnings if the bank holding company expects profits for the entire year and the bank holding company
obtains the prior consent of the Federal Reserve. Porter Bancorp and PBI Bank must obtain the prior written consent of each of their primary
regulators prior to declaring or paying any future dividends.
Under Kentucky law, dividends by Kentucky banks may be paid only from current or retained net profits. Before any dividend may be declared
for any period (other than with respect to preferred stock), a bank must increase its capital surplus by at least 10% of the net profits of the bank
for the period until the bank’s capital surplus equals the amount of its stated capital attributable to its common stock. Moreover, the Kentucky
Department of Financial Institutions must approve the declaration of dividends if the total dividends to be declared by a bank for any calendar
year would exceed the bank’s total net profits for such year combined with its retained net profits for the preceding two years, less any required
transfers to surplus or a fund for the retirement of preferred stock or debt. We are also subject to the Kentucky Business Corporation Act, which
generally prohibits dividends to the extent they result in the insolvency of the corporation from a balance sheet perspective or in the corporation
becoming unable to pay its debts as they come due. PBI Bank did not pay any dividends in 2011.
Prior to November 21, 2011, unless Porter Bancorp redeemed all of the Series A Preferred Stock issued to the U.S. Treasury on November 21,
2008 or unless the U.S. Treasury transferred all the preferred securities to a third party, the consent of the U.S. Treasury was required for Porter
Bancorp to declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on common stock other than (i) regular quarterly cash dividends of not more
than the per share dividend amount at the time of the issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock, as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend,
reverse stock split, reclassification or similar transaction, (ii) dividends payable solely in shares of common stock and (iii) dividends or
distributions of rights or junior stock in connection with a shareholders’ rights plan.
Imposition of Liability for Undercapitalized Subsidiaries. Bank regulators are required to take “prompt corrective action” to resolve problems
associated with insured depository institutions whose capital declines below certain levels. In the event an institution becomes
“undercapitalized,” it must submit a capital restoration plan. The capital restoration plan will not be accepted by the regulators unless each
company having control of the undercapitalized institution guarantees the subsidiary’s compliance with the capital restoration plan up to a
certain specified amount. Any such guarantee from a depository institution’s holding company is entitled to a priority of payment in bankruptcy.
The aggregate liability of the holding company of an undercapitalized bank is limited to the lesser of 5% of the institution’s assets at the time it
became undercapitalized or the amount necessary to cause the institution to be “adequately capitalized.” The bank regulators have greater power
in situations where an institution becomes “significantly” or “critically” undercapitalized or fails to submit a capital restoration plan. For
example, a bank holding company controlling such an institution can be required to obtain prior Federal Reserve Board approval of proposed
dividends, or might be required to consent to a consolidation or to divest the troubled institution or other affiliates.
Source of Financial Strength. Under Federal Reserve policy, a bank holding company is expected to act as a source of financial strength to, and
to commit resources to support, its bank subsidiaries. This support may be required at times when, absent such a policy, the bank holding
company may not be inclined to provide it. In addition, any capital loans by the bank holding company to its bank subsidiaries are subordinate in
right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of the bank subsidiary. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any
commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of subsidiary banks will be assumed by the
bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment. The Federal Reserve’s “Source of Financial Strength” policy was codified in the Dodd-
Frank Act.
6
PBI Bank. PBI Bank, a Kentucky chartered commercial bank, is subject to regular bank examinations and other supervision and regulation by
both the FDIC and the Kentucky Department of Financial Institutions (“KDFI”). Kentucky’s banking statutes contain a “super-parity” provision
that permits a well-rated Kentucky banking corporation to engage in any banking activity which could be engaged in by a national bank
operating in any state; a state bank, a thrift or savings bank operating in any other state; or a federal chartered thrift or federal savings association
meeting the qualified thrift lender test and operating in any state could engage, provided the Kentucky bank first obtains a legal opinion
specifying the statutory or regulatory provisions that permit the activity.
Capital Requirements. Similar to the Federal Reserve Board’s requirements for bank holding companies, the FDIC has adopted risk-based
capital requirements for assessing state non-member banks’ capital adequacy. The FDIC’s risk-based capital guidelines require that all banks
maintain a minimum ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets of 8.0% and a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets
of 4.0%. To be well-capitalized, a bank must have a ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets of at least 10.0% and a ratio of Tier 1
capital to total risk-weighted assets of 6.0%.
PBI Bank has agreed with its primary regulators to maintain a ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets of at least 12.0% and a ratio of
Tier 1 capital to total assets of 9%. As of December 31, 2011, PBI Bank’s ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets was 10.9% and its
ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets was 6.2%, both under the ratios required by the Consent Order.
The FDIC also requires a minimum leverage ratio of 3.0% of Tier 1 capital to total assets for the highest rated banks and an additional cushion of
approximately 100-200 basis points for all other banks. The leverage ratio operates in tandem with the FDIC’s risk-based capital guidelines and
places a limit on the amount of leverage a bank can undertake by requiring a minimum level of capital to total assets.
Prompt Corrective Action. Pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”), the FDIC must take prompt corrective action to resolve the
problems of undercapitalized institutions. FDIC regulations define the levels at which an insured institution would be considered “well
capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.” A “well-
capitalized” bank has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or higher; a Tier 1 risk- based capital ratio of 6.0% or higher; a leverage ratio of
5.0% or higher; and is not subject to any written agreement, order or directive requiring it to maintain a specific capital level for any capital
measure. An “adequately capitalized” bank has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or higher; a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or
higher; a leverage ratio of 4.0% or higher (3.0% or higher if the bank was rated a composite 1 in its most recent examination report and is not
experiencing significant growth); and does not meet the criteria for a well-capitalized bank. A bank is “undercapitalized” if it fails to meet any
one of the ratios required to be adequately capitalized. A depository institution may be deemed to be in a capitalization category that is lower
than is indicated by its actual capital position if it receives an unsatisfactory examination rating. The degree of regulatory scrutiny increases and
the permissible activities of a bank decreases, as the bank moves downward through the capital categories. Depending on a bank’s level of
capital, the FDIC’s corrective powers include:
●
requiring a capital restoration plan;
● placing limits on asset growth and restriction on activities;
●
requiring the bank to issue additional voting or other capital stock or to be acquired;
● placing restrictions on transactions with affiliates;
●
restricting the interest rate the bank may pay on deposits;
● ordering a new election of the bank’s board of directors;
●
requiring that certain senior executive officers or directors be dismissed;
● prohibiting the bank from accepting deposits from correspondent banks;
●
requiring the bank to divest certain subsidiaries;
● prohibiting the payment of principal or interest on subordinated debt; and
● ultimately, appointing a receiver for the bank.
7
In the event an institution is required to submit a capital restoration plan, the institution’s holding company must guaranty the subsidiary’s
compliance with the capital restoration plan up to a certain specified amount. Any such guarantee from a depository institution’s holding
company is entitled to a priority of payment in bankruptcy. The aggregate liability of the holding company of an undercapitalized bank is
limited to the lesser of 5% of the institution’s assets at the time it became undercapitalized or the amount necessary to cause the institution to be
“adequately capitalized.” The bank regulators have greater power in situations where an institution becomes “significantly” or “critically”
undercapitalized or fails to submit a capital restoration plan. For example, a bank holding company controlling such an institution can be
required to obtain prior Federal Reserve Board approval of proposed dividends, or might be required to consent to a consolidation or to divest
the troubled institution or other affiliates.
Deposit Insurance Assessments. The deposits of PBI Bank are insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund (DIF) of the FDIC up to the limits set forth
under applicable law and are subject to the deposit insurance premium assessments of the DIF. The FDIC imposes a risk-based deposit premium
assessment system, which was amended pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005 (the “Reform Act”). Under this system,
as amended, the assessment rates for an insured depository institution vary according to the level of risk incurred in its activities. To arrive at an
assessment rate for a banking institution, the FDIC places it in one of four risk categories determined by reference to its capital levels and
supervisory ratings. The assessment rate schedule can change from time to time, at the discretion of the FDIC, subject to certain limits.
On November 12, 2009, the FDIC amended the final rule adopted on May 22, 2009 to restore losses to the DIF. The new rule required insured
institutions to prepay on December 30, 2009, an estimated quarterly risk-based assessment for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all 2010, 2011,
and 2012. An institution’s assessment is calculated by taking the institution’s actual September 30, 2009 assessment and adjusting it quarterly by
an estimated 5% annual growth rate through the end of 2012. Further, the FDIC incorporated a uniform 3 basis point increase effective January
1, 2011. On December 30, 2009, PBI Bank prepaid $7.9 million of FDIC insurance premiums for 2010 through 2012. The entire amount of the
prepaid assessment was recorded as a prepaid expense. As of December 31, 2009, and each quarter thereafter, each institution is to record an
expense, or a charge to earnings, for its quarterly assessment invoiced on its quarterly statement and an offsetting credit to the prepaid
assessment until the asset is exhausted. At December 31, 2011, our unexhausted prepaid assessment was $2.0 million.
The Dodd-Frank Act imposes additional assessments and costs with respect to deposits. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC is directed to
impose deposit insurance assessments based on total assets rather than total deposits, as well as making permanent the increase of deposit
insurance to $250,000 and providing for full insurance of non-interest bearing transaction accounts beginning December 31, 2010, for two years.
In February 2011, the FDIC adopted a final rule on the deposit insurance assessment system. The rule is effective as of April 1, 2011, and revises
the assessment system to comply with Dodd-Frank and also includes a revised assessment rate process with the goal of differentiating insured
depository institutions who pose greater risk to the DIF. The first assessments under the new rule were payable in the third quarter of 2011.
Safety and Soundness Standards. The FDIA requires the federal bank regulatory agencies to prescribe standards, by regulations or guidelines,
relating to internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure,
asset growth, asset quality, earnings, stock valuation and compensation, fees and benefits, and such other operational and managerial standards
as the agencies deem appropriate. Guidelines adopted by the federal bank regulatory agencies establish general standards relating to internal
controls and information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth and
compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage
the risk and exposures specified in the guidelines. The guidelines prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and
describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive
officer, employee, director or principal stockholder. In addition, the agencies adopted regulations that authorize, but do not require, an agency to
order an institution that has been given notice by an agency that it is not satisfying any of such safety and soundness standards to submit a
compliance plan. If, after being so notified, an institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan or fails in any material respect to
implement an acceptable compliance plan, the agency must issue an order directing action to correct the deficiency and may issue an order
directing other actions of the types to which an undercapitalized institution is subject under the “prompt corrective action” provisions of FDIA.
See “Prompt Corrective Actions” above. If an institution fails to comply with such an order, the agency may seek to enforce such order in
judicial proceedings and to impose civil money penalties.
Branching. Kentucky law permits Kentucky chartered banks to establish a banking office in any county in Kentucky. A Kentucky bank may
also establish a banking office outside of Kentucky. Well capitalized Kentucky banks that have been in operation at least three years and that
satisfy certain criteria relating to, among other things, their composite and management ratings, may establish a banking office in Kentucky
without the approval of the KDFI upon notice to the KDFI and any other state bank with its main office located in the county where the new
banking office will be located. Branching by all other banks requires the approval of the KDFI, who must ascertain and determine that the public
convenience and advantage will be served and promoted and that there is reasonable probability of the successful operation of the banking
office.
8
The transaction must also be approved by the FDIC, which considers a number of factors, including financial history, capital adequacy, earnings
prospects, character of management, needs of the community and consistency with corporate powers.
Historically, an out-of-state bank was permitted to establish banking offices in Kentucky only by merging with a Kentucky bank. De novo
branching into Kentucky by an out-of-state bank was not permitted. This difficulty for out-of-state banks to branch in Kentucky limited the
ability of a Kentucky bank to branch into many states, as several states have reciprocity requirements for interstate branching. The Dodd-Frank
Act permits de novo interstate branching by national banks and insured state banks by amending the state “opt-in” election. Applications for
out-of-state de novo branches would be approved if, under the law of the state in which the branch is to be located, a state bank chartered by such
state would be permitted to establish the branch.
Insider Credit Transactions. The restrictions on loans to directors, executive officers, principal shareholders and their related interests
(collectively referred to herein as “insiders”) contained in the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation O apply to all insured depository institutions
and their subsidiaries. These restrictions include limits on loans to one borrower and conditions that must be met before such a loan can be made.
There is also an aggregate limitation on all loans to insiders and their related interests. These loans cannot exceed the institution’s total
unimpaired capital and surplus.
Automated Overdraft Payment Regulation. The Federal Reserve and FDIC have recently enacted consumer protection regulations related to
automated overdraft payment programs offered by financial institutions. In November 2009, the Federal Reserve amended its Regulation E to
prohibit financial institutions from charging consumers fees for paying overdrafts on automated teller machine and one-time debit card
transactions, unless a consumer consents, or opts in, to the overdraft service for those types of transactions. The Regulation E amendments also
require financial institutions to provide consumers with a notice that explains the financial institution’s overdraft services, including the fees
associated with the service and the consumer’s choices.
In November 2010, the FDIC supplemented the Regulation E amendments by requiring FDIC-supervised institutions to implement additional
changes relating to automated overdraft payment programs by July 1, 2011. The most significant of these changes require financial institutions to
monitor overdraft payment programs for “excessive or chronic” customer use and undertake “meaningful and effective” follow-up action with
customers that overdraw their accounts more than six times during a rolling 12-month period. The additional guidance also imposes daily limits
on overdraft charges, requires institutions to review and modify check-clearing procedures, prominently distinguish account balances from
available overdraft coverage amounts and requires increased board and management oversight regarding overdraft payment programs.
Consumer Protection Laws. PBI Bank is subject to consumer laws and regulations that are designed to protect consumers in transactions with
banks. While the list set forth herein is not exhaustive, these laws and regulations include the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the
Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Real Estate
Settlement and Procedures Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, and the Federal Trade Commission Act, among others. References to or
summaries of these laws is subject to the full text and implementation of such laws. These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure
requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with customers when taking deposits or making loans to such
customers.
Privacy. Federal law currently contains extensive customer privacy protection provisions. Under these provisions, a financial institution must
provide to its customers, at the inception of the customer relationship and annually thereafter, the institution’s policies and procedures regarding
the handling of customers’ nonpublic personal financial information. These provisions also provide that, except for certain limited exceptions, an
institution may not provide such personal information to unaffiliated third parties unless the institution discloses to the customer that such
information may be so provided and the customer is given the opportunity to opt out of such disclosure. Federal law makes it a criminal offense,
except in limited circumstances, to obtain or attempt to obtain customer information of a financial nature by fraudulent or deceptive means.
Community Reinvestment Act. The Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) requires the FDIC to assess our record in meeting the credit needs of
the communities we serve, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods and persons. The FDIC’s assessment of our record is made
available to the public. The assessment also is part of the Federal Reserve Board’s consideration of applications to acquire, merge or consolidate
with another banking institution or its holding company, to establish a new banking office or to relocate an office.
9
Bank Secrecy Act. The Bank Secrecy Act of 1970 (“BSA”) was enacted to deter money laundering, establish regulatory reporting standards for
currency transactions and improve detection and investigation of criminal, tax and other regulatory violations. BSA and subsequent laws and
regulations require us to take steps to prevent the use of PBI Bank in the flow of illegal or illicit money, including, without limitation, ensuring
effective management oversight, establishing sound policies and procedures, developing effective monitoring and reporting capabilities, ensuring
adequate training and establishing a comprehensive internal audit of BSA compliance activities. In recent years, federal regulators have
increased the attention paid to compliance with the provisions of BSA and related laws, with particular attention paid to “Know Your Customer”
practices. Banks have been encouraged by regulators to enhance their identification procedures prior to accepting new customers in order to
deter criminal elements from using the banking system to move and hide illegal and illicit activities.
USA Patriot Act. The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (the “Patriot Act”) contains anti-money laundering measures affecting insured depository
institutions, broker-dealers and certain other financial institutions. The Patriot Act requires financial institutions to implement policies and
procedures to combat money laundering and the financing of terrorism, including standards for verifying customer identification at account
opening, and rules to promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators and law enforcement entities in identifying parties that may be
involved in terrorism or money laundering, and grants the Secretary of the Treasury broad authority to establish regulations and to impose
requirements and restrictions on financial institutions’ operations. In addition, the Patriot Act requires the federal bank regulatory agencies to
consider the effectiveness of a financial institution’s anti-money laundering activities when reviewing bank mergers and bank holding company
acquisitions.
Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. Under the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (TLGP), the FDIC guaranteed U.S.
depository institutions’ transaction accounts and certain qualifying senior unsecured debt. We participated in the TLGP’s Transaction Account
Guarantee Program (TAGP), which provided that all non-interest bearing transaction accounts maintained at PBI Bank were insured in full by
the FDIC, regardless of the standard maximum deposit insurance amounts. Although the guarantee of non-interest bearing transaction account
deposits under the TLGP ended on June 30, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act provides for unlimited FDIC deposit insurance coverage on non-interest
bearing transaction accounts at all insured institutions, regardless of participation in the TLGP, until January 1, 2013.
Effect on Economic Environment. The policies of regulatory authorities, including the monetary policy of the Federal Reserve Board, have a
significant effect on the operating results of bank holding companies and their subsidiaries. Among the means available to the Federal Reserve
Board to affect the money supply are open market operations in U.S. government securities, changes in the discount rate on member bank
borrowings and changes in reserve requirements against member bank deposits. These means are used in varying combinations to influence
overall growth and distribution of bank loans, investments and deposits, and their use may affect interest rates charged on loans or paid for
deposits.
Federal Reserve Board monetary policies have materially affected the operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to
continue to do so in the future. The nature of future monetary policies and the effect of such policies on our business and earnings and those of
our subsidiaries cannot be predicted.
Recently Enacted and Future Legislation. Various laws, regulations and governmental programs affecting financial institutions and the
financial industry are from time to time introduced in Congress or otherwise promulgated by regulatory agencies. Such measures may change the
operating environment of Porter Bancorp and its subsidiaries in substantial and unpredictable ways. The nature and extent of future legislative,
regulatory or other changes affecting financial institutions is very unpredictable at this time.
We cannot predict what other legislation or economic policies of the various regulatory authorities might be enacted or adopted or what other
regulations might be adopted or the effects thereof. Future legislation and policies and the effects thereof might have a significant influence on
overall growth and distribution of loans, investments and deposits and affect interest rates charged on loans or paid on time and savings deposits.
Such legislation and policies have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue
to do so in the future.
Available Information
We file reports with the SEC including our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current event reports on Form 8-K and
proxy statements, as well as any amendments to those reports. The public may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s
Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public
Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information
statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov . Our annual report on Form 10-K,
quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to section 13(a) or 15
(d) of the Exchange Act are accessible at no cost on our web site at http://www.pbibank.com , under the Investors Relations section, once they
are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. A shareholder may also request a copy of our Annual Report on Form 10-K free of charge
upon written request to: Chief Financial Officer, Porter Bancorp, Inc., 2500 Eastpoint Parkway, Louisville, Kentucky 40223.
10
Item 1A.
Risk Factors
An investment in our common stock involves a number of risks. Realization of any of the risks described below could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and/or future prospects.
We are subject to a Consent Order with the FDIC and the KDFI and a formal agreement with the Federal Reserve that restrict the
conduct of our operations and may have a material adverse effect on our business.
Our good standing with bank regulatory agencies is of fundamental importance to the continuation of our businesses. In June 2011, PBI Bank
agreed to a Consent Order with the FDIC and KDFI in which the Bank agreed, among other things, to improve asset quality, reduce loan
concentrations, and maintain a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 9% and a minimum total risk based capital ratio of 12%. The Consent Order
was included in our Current Report on 8-K filed on June 30, 2011.
On September 21, 2011, we entered into a Written Agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis. Pursuant to the Agreement, we made
formal commitments to, among other things, use our financial and management resources to serve as a source of strength for the Bank and to
assist the Bank in addressing weaknesses identified by the FDIC and the KDFI, to pay no dividends without prior written approval, to pay no
interest or principal on subordinated debentures or trust preferred securities without prior written approval, and to submit an acceptable plan to
maintain sufficient capital.
Bank regulatory agencies can exercise discretion when an institution does not meet minimum regulatory capital levels and the terms of a consent
order. The agencies may initiate changes in management, issue mandatory directives, impose monetary penalties or refrain from formal
sanctions, depending on individual circumstances. Any action taken by bank regulatory agencies could damage our reputation and have a
material adverse effect on our business. Compliance with the Consent Order will also increase our operating expense, which could adversely
affect our financial performance.
If we continue to incur significant losses, we may need to raise additional capital. Our inability to increase our capital to the levels
required by our bank regulatory agreements could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We recorded a net loss to common shareholders of $105.2 million in 2011. The net loss for 2011 was due in part to provision for loan losses of
$62.6 million, write downs of $34.9 million on values of other real estate owned, a $23.8 million non-cash pre-tax goodwill impairment charge,
and a $31.7 million deferred tax valuation allowance.
Our losses, driven by asset impairments, have reduced our capital below the levels agreed upon with our banking regulators. While we believe
we have recognized the probable losses in our portfolio, the continuing weakness in the real estate market makes it difficult to determine the
degree to which additional performing loans will deteriorate to weakened credit status. Further credit deterioration could result in additional
losses and a reduction in capital levels.
In its consent order with the FDIC and the KDFI, PBI Bank has agreed to maintain a ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets of at least
12.0% and a ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets of 9%. As of December 31, 2011, PBI Bank’s ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets
was 10.9% and its ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets was 6.2%, both below the ratios required by the consent order.
We have agreed with the FDIC, the KDFI and the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis to develop a plan to restore our capital ratios to levels that
comply with our regulatory agreements. We are evaluating various specific initiatives to increase our regulatory capital and reduce our total
assets. Strategic alternatives include divesting of branch offices, selling loans and raising capital by selling stock.
11
Our ability to raise additional capital will depend on, among other things, conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside of our
control, and our financial performance, including the management of our profitability, levels of average assets, credit quality, and levels of other
real estate owned. We may not have access to capital on acceptable terms or at all. Our inability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms
when needed could have a material adverse effect on our businesses, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if we are unable
to comply with our regulatory capital requirements, it could result in more stringent enforcement actions by the bank regulatory agencies, which
could damage our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business.
Our ability to pay cash dividends on our common and preferred stock and pay interest on the junior subordinated debentures that
relate to our trust preferred securities is currently restricted. Our inability to resume paying dividends and distributions on these
securities may adversely affect our common shareholders.
We historically paid quarterly cash dividends on our common stock until we suspended dividend payments in October 2011. Effective with the
fourth quarter of 2011, we began deferring cash dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock held by the U.S. Treasury and interest payments on
the junior subordinated notes relating to our trust preferred securities. Deferring interest payments on the junior subordinated notes resulted in a
deferral of distributions on our trust preferred securities. We will be prohibited from paying cash dividends on our common stock until such time
as we have paid all deferred dividends on our Series A Preferred Stock and all deferred distributions on our trust preferred securities.
If we defer interest payments on our trust preferred securities for 20 consecutive quarters, we must pay all deferred interest and resume quarterly
interest payments or we will be in default. If we miss six quarterly dividend payments on the Series A preferred stock, whether or not
consecutive, the U.S. Treasury will have the right to appoint two directors to our board of directors until all accrued but unpaid dividends have
been paid. Dividends on the Series A preferred stock and deferred distributions on our trust preferred securities are cumulative and therefore
unpaid dividends and distributions will accrue and compound on each subsequent payment date. If we become subject to any liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of affairs, holders of the trust preferred securities and then holders of the preferred stock will be entitled to receive the
liquidation amounts to which they are entitled including the amount of any accrued and unpaid distributions and dividends, before any
distribution to the holders of common stock.
Our business has been and may continue to be adversely affected by current conditions in the financial markets and by economic
conditions generally.
The capital and credit markets have experienced unprecedented levels of volatility and disruption since 2008. In some cases, the markets have
produced downward pressure on stock prices and credit availability for certain issuers without regard to those issuers’ underlying financial
strength. Reduced consumer spending and the absence of liquidity in the global credit markets during this period have depressed business
activity across a wide range of industries. Unemployment has also increased significantly. Ongoing weakness in business and economic
conditions generally or specifically in our markets has had, and could continue to have one or more of the following adverse effects on our
business:
● A decrease in the demand for loans and other products and services offered by us;
● A decrease in the value of collateral securing our loans;
● An impairment of certain intangible assets, such as goodwill; and
● An increase in the number of customers who become delinquent, file for protection under bankruptcy laws or default on their loans.
The general business environment has had an adverse effect on our business for the past three years, and it is not certain that the environment
will improve in the near term. Until conditions improve, we expect our businesses, financial condition and results of operations to be adversely
affected.
Current market developments could continue to adversely affect our industry, businesses and results of operations.
Over the past three years, the financial services industry as a whole, as well as the securities markets generally, have been materially and
adversely affected by very significant declines in the values of nearly all asset classes and by a very serious lack of liquidity. Financial
institutions in particular have been subject to increased volatility and an overall loss in investor confidence. The loss of confidence in the
financial sector, increased volatility in the financial markets and reduced business activity could continue to adversely affect our business,
financial condition and results of operations. Further negative market developments may affect consumer confidence levels and may cause
adverse changes in payment patterns, causing increases in delinquencies and default rates, which may impact our charge-offs and provisions for
credit losses. A worsening of these conditions would likely exacerbate the adverse effects of these difficult market conditions on us and others in
the financial services industry.
12
A large percentage of our loans are collateralized by real estate, and further disruptions in the real estate market may result in losses
and adversely affect our profitability.
Approximately 89.3% of our loan portfolio as of December 31, 2011, was comprised of loans collateralized by real estate. The declining
economic conditions have caused a decrease in demand for real estate which has resulted in declining real estate values in our markets. Further
disruptions in the real estate market could significantly impair the value of our collateral and our ability to sell the collateral upon foreclosure.
The real estate collateral in each case provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the borrower and may deteriorate in
value during the time the credit is extended. If real estate values decline further, it will become more likely that we would be required to increase
our allowance for loan losses. If during a period of reduced real estate values, we are required to liquidate the collateral securing a loan to satisfy
the debt or to increase our allowance for loan losses, it could materially reduce our profitability and adversely affect our financial condition.
We have a significant percentage of real estate construction and development loans, which carry a higher degree of risk. The poor
condition of the residential construction and commercial development real estate markets has led to increased non-performing assets in
our loan portfolio and increased provision expense for losses on loans, which have had, and could continue to have a material adverse
effect on our capital, financial condition and results of operations.
Approximately 8.9% of our loan portfolio as of December 31, 2011, consisted of real estate construction and development loans. These loans
generally carry a higher degree of risk than long-term financing of existing properties because repayment depends on the ultimate completion of
the project and usually on the sale of the property. If we are forced to foreclose on a project prior to its completion, we may not be able to
recover the entire unpaid portion of the loan or we may be required to fund additional money to complete the project or hold the property for an
indeterminate period of time. Any of these outcomes may result in losses and adversely affect our profitability.
The residential construction and commercial development real estate markets continue to experience challenging economic conditions. Further
disruptions in these markets may lead to additional valuation adjustments on our loan portfolios and real estate owned as we continue to reassess
the fair value of our non-performing assets, the loss severities of loans in default and the fair value of real estate owned. We also may realize
additional losses in connection with our disposition of non-performing assets. A weak real estate market could further reduce demand for
residential housing, which, in turn, could adversely affect the development and construction activities of residential real estate developers.
Consequently, the longer the current economic conditions persist, the more likely they are to adversely affect the ability of residential real estate
developer borrowers to repay these loans and the value of property used as collateral for such loans. These economic conditions and market
factors have negatively affected some of our larger loans, causing our total net-charge offs to increase and requiring us to significantly increase
our allowance for loan losses. If adverse economic conditions persist, these trends could continue to worsen. Any further increase in our non-
performing assets and related increases in our provision expense for losses on loans could negatively affect our business and could have a
material adverse effect on our capital, financial condition and results of operations.
Our decisions regarding credit risk may not be accurate, and our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover actual losses,
which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We maintain an allowance for loan losses at a level we believe is adequate to absorb probable incurred losses in our loan portfolio based on
historical loan loss experience, specific problem loans, value of underlying collateral and other relevant factors. If our assessment of these factors
is ultimately inaccurate, the allowance may not be sufficient to cover actual future loan losses, which would adversely affect our operating
results. Our estimates are subjective and their accuracy depends on the outcome of future events. Changes in economic, operating and other
conditions that are generally beyond our control could cause actual loan losses to increase significantly. In addition, bank regulatory agencies, as
an integral part of their supervisory functions, periodically review the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses. Regulatory agencies have from
time to time required us to increase our provision for loan losses or to recognize further loan charge-offs when their judgment has differed from
ours, which could have a material negative impact on our operating results.
We may experience additional classified loans and non-performing assets in the foreseeable future if the real estate markets remain weak and
cause more borrowers to default. Further, the value of the collateral underlying a given loan, and the realizable value of such collateral in a
foreclosure sale, likely will be negatively affected if the real estate market remains weak, making us less likely to realize a full recovery if a
borrower defaults on a loan. Any additional non-performing assets, loan charge-offs, increases in the provision for loan losses or any inability by
us to realize the full value of underlying collateral in the event of a loan default, could negatively affect our business, financial condition, and
results of operations and the price of our securities.
13
We have had difficulty maintaining effective internal controls over loan grading.
During 2011, our internal process for assessing loan grades did not always result in an accurate grade for the credit risk. Our internal control
process surrounding loan grades, which consists of a combination of internal and external loan review activities, identified and corrected the
grades for the majority of loans that were not initially graded correctly. However, such loan review did not sufficiently cover all loans subject to
potential grading error throughout the year. In preparing this annual report on Form 10-K, we identified the extent to which our loan review
controls did not operate and expanded their scope to cover the remainder of the portfolio and adjusted our allowance for loan losses to take their
additional findings into consideration. While we are taking actions to strengthen our initial loan grade assignment process and to dedicate
additional resources to increase the scope of our loan review activities, it is possible that we could have additional internal control weakness in
this area in future periods.
We continue to hold and acquire a significant amount of OREO properties, which could increase operating expenses and result in future
losses to the Company.
During 2010 and 2011, we acquired a significant amount of real estate as a result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure that is listed on
our balance sheet as other real estate owned (OREO). Large OREO balances have led to increased expenses as we have incurred costs to manage
and dispose of these properties and, in certain cases, to complete construction of structures prior to sale. We expect that our operating results in
2012 will continue to be adversely affected by expenses associated with OREO, including insurance and taxes, completion and repair costs, as
well as by the funding costs associated with assets that are tied up in OREO. In addition, any further decreases in market prices of real estate in
our market areas may lead to additional OREO write downs, with a corresponding expense in our income statement. We evaluate OREO
property values periodically and write down the carrying value of the properties if and when the results of our evaluations require it.
If we experience greater credit losses than anticipated, our earnings may be adversely affected.
As a lender, we are exposed to the risk that our customers will be unable to repay their loans according to their terms and that any collateral
securing the payment of their loans may not be sufficient to assure repayment. Credit losses are inherent in the business of making loans and
could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. Our credit risk with respect to our real estate and construction loan portfolio will
relate principally to the creditworthiness of borrowers and the value of the real estate serving as security for the repayment of loans. Our credit
risk with respect to our commercial and consumer loan portfolio will relate principally to the general creditworthiness of businesses and
individuals within our local markets.
We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio and provide an allowance for estimated credit losses
based on a number of factors. We believe that our allowance for credit losses is adequate. However, if our assumptions or judgments are wrong,
our allowance for credit losses may not be sufficient to cover our actual credit losses. We may have to increase our allowance in the future in
response to the request of one of our primary banking regulators, to adjust for changing conditions and assumptions, or as a result of any
deterioration in the quality of our loan portfolio. The actual amount of future provisions for credit losses cannot be determined at this time and
may vary from the amounts of past provisions.
Our profitability depends significantly on local economic conditions.
Because most of our business activities are conducted in central Kentucky and most of our credit exposure is in that region, we are at risk from
adverse economic or business developments affecting this area, including declining regional and local business and employment activity, a
downturn in real estate values and agricultural activities and natural disasters. To the extent the central Kentucky economy remains weak, the
rates of delinquencies, foreclosures, bankruptcies and losses in our loan portfolio will likely increase. Moreover, the value of real estate or other
collateral that secures our loans could be adversely affected by the economic downturn or a localized natural disaster. The economic downturn
has had a negative impact on our financial results and may continue to have a negative impact on our business, financial condition, results of
operations and future prospects.
Our small to medium-sized business portfolio may have fewer resources to weather the downturn in the economy.
Our portfolio includes loans to small and medium-sized businesses and other commercial enterprises. Small and medium-sized businesses
frequently have smaller market shares than their competitors, may be more vulnerable to economic downturns, often need substantial additional
capital to expand or compete and may experience substantial variations in operating results, any of which may impair a borrower’s ability to
repay a loan. In addition, the success of a small or medium-sized business often depends on the management talents and efforts of one or two
persons or a small group of persons, and the death, disability or resignation of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact
on the business and its ability to repay our loan. A continued economic downturn could have a more pronounced negative impact on our target
market, which could cause us to incur substantial credit losses that could materially harm our operating results.
14
Our profitability is vulnerable to fluctuations in interest rates.
Changes in interest rates could harm our financial condition or results of operations. Our results of operations depend substantially on net interest
income, the difference between interest earned on interest-earning assets (such as investments and loans) and interest paid on interest-bearing
liabilities (such as deposits and borrowings). Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including governmental monetary policies and
domestic and international economic and political conditions. Factors beyond our control, such as inflation, recession, unemployment and money
supply may also affect interest rates. If our interest-earning assets mature or reprice more quickly than our interest-bearing liabilities in a given
period as a result of decreasing interest rates, our net interest income may decrease. Likewise, our net interest income may decrease if interest-
bearing liabilities mature or reprice more quickly than interest-earning assets in a given period as a result of increasing interest rates.
Fixed-rate loans increase our exposure to interest rate risk in a rising rate environment because interest-bearing liabilities would be subject to
repricing before assets become subject to repricing. Adjustable-rate loans decrease the risk associated with changes in interest rates but involve
other risks, such as the inability of borrowers to make higher payments in an increasing interest rate environment. At the same time, for secured
loans, the marketability of the underlying collateral may be adversely affected by higher interest rates. In a declining interest rate environment,
there may be an increase in prepayments on loans as the borrowers refinance their loans at lower interest rates, which could reduce net interest
income and harm our results of operations.
If we cannot obtain adequate funding, we may not be able to meet the cash flow requirements of our depositors and borrowers, or meet
the operating cash needs of the Company to fund corporate expansion or other activities.
Our liquidity policies and limits are established by the Board of Directors of PBI Bank, with operating limits set by the Asset Liability
Committee (“ALCO”), based upon analyses of the ratio of loans to deposits and the percentage of assets funded with non-core or wholesale
funding. The ALCO regularly monitors the overall liquidity position of PBI Bank and the Company to ensure that various alternative strategies
exist to cover unanticipated events that could affect liquidity. Liquidity is the ability to meet cash flow needs on a timely basis at a reasonable
cost. If our liquidity policies and strategies don’t work as well as intended, then we may be unable to make loans and to repay deposit liabilities
as they become due or are demanded by customers. The ALCO follows established board approved policies and monitors guidelines to diversify
our wholesale funding sources to avoid concentrations in any one-market source. Wholesale funding sources include Federal funds purchased,
securities sold under repurchase agreements, non-core brokered deposits, and Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances that are
collateralized with mortgage-related assets.
We maintain a portfolio of securities that can be used as a secondary source of liquidity. There are other available sources of liquidity, including
additional collateralized borrowings such as FHLB advances, the issuance of debt securities, and the issuance of preferred or common securities
in public or private transactions. If we were unable to access any of these funding sources when needed, we might not be able to meet the needs
of our customers, which could adversely impact our financial condition, our results of operations, cash flows and our level of regulatory-
qualifying capital.
We may need to raise additional capital in the future by selling capital stock. Future sales or other dilution of our equity may adversely
affect the market price of our common stock.
We are not restricted from issuing additional common stock, including securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent
the right to receive, common stock. The issuance of additional shares of common stock or the issuance of convertible securities would dilute the
ownership interest of our existing common shareholders. The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of such an offering as
well as other sales of a large block of shares of our common stock or similar securities in the market after such an offering, or the perception that
such sales could occur.
Our stock price is currently below our book value per share. Accordingly, a sale of common shares at or below our stock price would be dilutive
to current shareholders.
15
We are a holding company and depend on our subsidiaries for dividends and distributions.
We are a legal entity separate and distinct from our banking and other subsidiaries. Our principal source of cash flow, from which we fund any
dividends paid to our shareholders, is dividends from PBI Bank. There are statutory and regulatory limitations on the payment of dividends by
PBI Bank to us, as well as by us to our shareholders. Regulations of the Federal Reserve affect our ability to pay dividends and other
distributions to our shareholders. Regulations of the FDIC and the KDFI affect the ability of PBI Bank to pay dividends and other distributions
to us, and PBI Bank has agreed to obtain the prior consent of those regulators before it can pay dividends to us. During 2011, Porter Bancorp
contributed $13.1 million to its subsidiary, PBI Bank, which substantially decreased its liquid assets. The contribution was made to strengthen
the Bank’s capital in an effort to help it comply with its capital ratio requirements under the consent order. Liquid assets decreased from $20.3
million at December 31, 2010, to $4.9 million at December 31, 2011. Since the Bank is unlikely to be in a position to pay dividends to the parent
company for the foreseeable future, cash inflows for the parent are limited to management fees from affiliate banks, earnings on investment
securities, sales of investment securities, and interest on deposits with the Bank. These cash inflows along with the liquid assets held at
December 31, 2011, are needed to cover ongoing operating expenses of the parent company which have been reduced and are budgeted at $1.5
million for 2012. The reduction in budgeted expenses from actual expenses for 2011 is primarily the result of deferring payments on our Series
A preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury and on our trust preferred securities. Parent company liquidity could be improved by raising
capital. See the “Supervision-Porter Bancorp-Dividends” section of Item 1. “Business” and the “Dividends” section of Item 5. “Market for
Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
We may not pay dividends on your common stock and we have agreed with the Federal Reserve to obtain its written consent before
declaring or paying any future dividends.
Holders of shares of our common stock are only entitled to receive such dividends as our board of directors may declare from funds legally
available for such payments. Although we have historically declared cash dividends on our common stock, we currently do not pay a cash
dividend and we are not required to do so. Also, participation in the CPP limits our ability to increase our dividend or to repurchase our common
stock for so long as any securities issued under such program remain outstanding, as discussed in greater detail in the “Dividends” section of
Item 5. “Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” of this Annual Report
on Form 10-K. We have eliminated our quarterly dividend. There can be no assurance that we will pay dividends to our shareholders in the
future, or if dividends are paid, that we will increase our dividend to historical levels or otherwise. Our ability to pay dividends to our
shareholders is not only subject to limitations imposed by the terms of the CPP, but also by limitations and guidance issued by the Federal
Reserve. For example, under Federal Reserve guidance, bank holding companies generally are advised to consult in advance with the Federal
Reserve before declaring dividends, and to strongly consider reducing, deferring or eliminating dividends, in certain situations, such as when
declaring or paying a dividend that would exceed earnings for the fiscal quarter for which the dividend is being paid, or when declaring or
paying a dividend that could result in a material adverse change to the organization’s capital structure. In addition, Porter Bancorp has agreed
with the Federal Reserve to obtain its written consent prior to declaring or paying any future dividends. As a practical matter, Porter Bancorp
cannot pay dividends for the foreseeable future.
We may not be able to realize the value of our tax losses and deductions.
Due to our losses, we have a net operating loss carry-forward of $2.4 million, credit loss carry-forwards of $685,000, and other net deferred tax
assets of $28.2 million. In order to realize the benefit of these tax losses, credits and deductions, we will need to generate substantial taxable
income in future periods.
Our issuance of securities to the U.S. Department of the Treasury may limit our ability to return capital to our shareholders and is
dilutive to our common shares. In addition, the dividend rate increases substantially after five years if we do not redeem the shares by
that time.
On November 21, 2008, as part of the Capital Purchase Program established under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008
(“EESA”), we sold $35 million of senior preferred stock to the U.S. Treasury. We also issued to the U.S. Treasury a warrant to purchase 299,829
shares of our common stock at $17.51 per share, subject to certain anti-dilution and other adjustments. The warrant is currently exercisable for
330,561 shares at an exercise price of $15.88, based on our 2009 and 2010 5% stock dividends. The terms of the transaction with the U.S.
Treasury limit our ability to pay dividends and repurchase our shares. We will not be able to pay any dividends on our common stock unless and
until we are current on our dividend payments on the preferred shares. Effective with the fourth quarter of 2011, we began deferring the payment
of regular quarterly cash dividends on this preferred stock. These restrictions, as well as the dilutive impact of the warrant, may have an adverse
effect on the market price of our common stock.
Unless we are able to redeem the preferred stock during the first five years, the dividends on this capital will increase substantially at that point,
from 5% (approximately $1.75 million annually) to 9% (approximately $3.15 million annually). Depending on market conditions and our
financial performance at the time, this increase in dividends could significantly impact our capital, liquidity and earnings available to common
shareholders.
16
The U.S. Treasury has the unilateral ability to change some of the restrictions imposed on us by virtue of our sale of securities to it.
Our agreement with the U.S. Treasury under which it purchased our senior preferred stock imposes restrictions on the conduct of our business,
including restrictions related to our payment of dividends, repurchases of our stock and our executive compensation and corporate governance.
The U.S. Treasury has the right under this agreement to unilaterally amend it to the extent required to comply with any future changes in federal
statutes. These amendments could have an adverse impact on the conduct of our business, as could additional amendments in the future that
impose further requirements or amend existing requirements.
Our chairman and our president and chief executive officer together have sufficient voting power to elect or remove our directors, to
determine the vote on any matter that requires shareholder approval, and otherwise control our company. In exercising their voting
power, they may act according to their own interests, which may be adverse to your interests.
As of December 31, 2011, J. Chester Porter and Maria L. Bouvette together beneficially owned approximately 6,061,606 shares, or 51.3% of our
outstanding common stock. Mr. Porter has made arrangements that provide for Ms. Bouvette to retain voting control of his common stock in the
event of death or incapacity. Ms. Bouvette has made similar arrangements that provide for a committee including Mr. Porter and two of her
siblings to retain voting control of her common stock in the event of death or incapacity. Accordingly, Mr. Porter and Ms. Bouvette will be able
to exercise control over our business and affairs and will be able to determine the outcome of any matter submitted to a vote of our shareholders,
including the election and removal of a majority of our board of directors, any amendment of our articles of incorporation (including any
amendment that changes the rights of our common stock) and any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. Mr. Porter
and Ms. Bouvette could take actions or make decisions in their self-interest that are opposed to your best interests. They could remove directors
who take actions or make decisions they oppose but are favored by our other shareholders. They may be less receptive to the desires
communicated by shareholders. Neither our articles of incorporation, our bylaws, nor Kentucky law requires the vote of more than a simple
majority of our outstanding shares of common stock to approve a matter submitted for shareholder approval, subject to the general statutory
requirement that any transaction in which one or more directors have a direct or indirect interest (other than as a shareholder) must be “fair” to
the corporation. Mr. Porter and Ms. Bouvette have a level of concentrated control that could discourage others from initiating any potential
merger, takeover or other change of control transaction that may otherwise give you the opportunity to realize a premium over the then-
prevailing market price of our common stock. As a result, the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected.
We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NASDAQ corporate governance rules because J. Chester Porter and Maria
L. Bouvette together own more than 50% of our sole class of voting stock. As a controlled company, our controlling shareholders have
greater power to make decisions in their own self-interest and against the interests of other shareholders, and investors and other
shareholders will have fewer procedural and substantive protections against the exercise of this power.
A “controlled company” may elect not to comply with the following NASDAQ corporate governance rules, which require that:
● a majority of its board of directors consists of “independent directors,” which the NASDAQ rules define as persons who are not either
officers or employees of the company and have no relationships that, in the opinion of the board of directors, would interfere with the
exercise of independent judgment in carrying out their responsibilities as directors;
● decisions regarding the compensation paid to executive officers are made either by a compensation committee composed entirely of
independent directors or by a majority of the independent directors; and
● nominations for election to the board of directors are made either by a nominating committee composed entirely of independent
directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities or by a majority of the independent directors.
Although a majority of our directors are independent directors, Mr. Porter and Ms. Bouvette, together have the voting power to remove directors
who oppose actions or decisions they favor. Mr. Porter and Ms. Bouvette also have the power to elect a majority of directors who are not
independent directors. Our board may elect to dispense with the nominating and governance committee at any time without shareholder consent.
Accordingly, our shareholders have fewer procedural and substantive protections than shareholders of companies subject to all of the NASDAQ
corporate governance requirements.
17
Higher FDIC deposit insurance premiums and assessments could significantly increase our non-interest expense.
Our deposits are insured by the FDIC up to legal limits and, accordingly, we are subject to FDIC deposit insurance assessments. High levels of
bank failures over the past three years and increases in the statutory deposit insurance limits have increased resolution costs to the FDIC and put
pressure on the DIF. In order to maintain a strong funding position and restore the reserve ratios of the DIF, the FDIC increased assessment rates
on insured institutions, charged a special assessment to all insured institutions as of June 30, 2009 and required banks to prepay three years’
worth of premiums on December 30, 2009. If there are additional financial institution failures, we may be required to pay even higher FDIC
premiums than the recently increased levels, or the FDIC may charge additional special assessments. Further, the FDIC recently increased the
DIF’s target reserve ratio to 2.0 percent of insured deposits following the Dodd-Frank Act’s elimination of the 1.5 percent cap on the DIF’s
reserve ratio. Additional increases in our assessment rate may be required in the future to achieve this targeted reserve ratio. These recent
increases in deposit assessments and any future increases, required prepayments or special assessments of FDIC insurance premiums may
adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Additionally, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC amended its regulations regarding assessment for federal deposit insurance to base such
assessments on the average total consolidated assets of the insured institution during the assessment period, less the average tangible equity of
the institution during the assessment period. Prior to this change, we are assessed only on deposit balances. The FDIC adopted a rule
implementing this change, as well as adopting a revised risk-based assessment calculation in February 2011. The FDIC has also proposed a rule
tying assessment rates of FDIC-insured institutions to the institution’s employee compensation programs. The exact nature and cumulative effect
of these recent changes are not yet known, but they are expected to increase the amount of premiums we must pay for FDIC insurance. Any such
increase may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We face strong competition from other financial institutions and financial service companies, which could adversely affect our results of
operations and financial condition.
We compete with other financial institutions in attracting deposits and making loans. Our competition in attracting deposits comes principally
from other commercial banks, credit unions, savings and loan associations, securities brokerage firms, insurance companies, money market
funds and other mutual funds. Our competition in making loans comes principally from other commercial banks, credit unions, savings and loan
associations, mortgage banking firms and consumer finance companies. In addition, competition for business in the Louisville metropolitan area
has grown in recent years as changes in banking law have allowed several banks to enter the market by establishing new branches. Likewise,
competition is increasing in the other growing markets we have targeted, which may adversely affect our ability to execute our plans for
expansion. Moreover, our advantage from having operated a nationally recognized online banking division since 1999 may diminish, as nearly
all of our competitors now offer online banking and may become more successful in attracting online business over time as they become more
experienced.
Competition in the banking industry may also limit our ability to attract and retain banking clients. We maintain smaller staffs of associates and
have fewer financial and other resources than larger institutions with which we compete. Financial institutions that have far greater resources and
greater efficiencies than we do may have several marketplace advantages resulting from their ability to:
● offer higher interest rates on deposits and lower interest rates on loans than we can;
● offer a broader range of services than we do;
● maintain more branch locations than we do; and
● mount extensive promotional and advertising campaigns.
In addition, banks and other financial institutions with larger capitalization and other financial intermediaries may not be subject to the same
regulatory restrictions as we are and may have larger lending limits than we do. Some of our current commercial banking clients may seek
alternative banking sources as they develop needs for credit facilities larger than we can accommodate. If we are unable to attract and retain
customers, we may not be able to maintain growth and our results of operations and financial condition may otherwise be negatively impacted.
We depend on our senior management team, and the unexpected loss of one or more of our senior executives could impair our
relationship with customers and adversely affect our business and financial results.
Our future success significantly depends on the continued services and performance of our key management personnel. We do not have
employment agreements with any of our senior executives. Our future performance will depend on our ability to motivate and retain these and
other key officers. The loss of the services of members of our senior management or other key officers or the inability to attract additional
qualified personnel as needed could materially harm our business.
18
Our reported financial results depend on management’s selection of accounting methods and certain assumptions and estimates.
Our accounting policies and assumptions are fundamental to our reported financial condition and results of operations. Our management must
exercise judgment in selecting and applying many of these accounting policies and methods so they comply with generally accepted accounting
principles and reflect management’s judgment of the most appropriate manner to report our financial condition and results. In some cases,
management must select the accounting policy or method to apply from two or more alternatives, any of which may be reasonable under the
circumstances, yet may result in our reporting materially different results than would have been reported under a different alternative.
Certain accounting policies are critical to presenting our reported financial condition and results. They require management to make difficult,
subjective or complex judgments about matters that are uncertain. Materially different amounts could be reported under different conditions or
using different assumptions or estimates. These critical accounting policies include: the allowance for credit losses; intangible assets; mortgage
servicing rights; and income taxes. Because of the uncertainty of estimates involved in these matters, we may be required to do one or more of
the following: significantly increase the allowance for credit losses and/or sustain credit losses that are significantly higher than the reserve
provided; recognize significant impairment on our other intangible assets or significantly increase our accrued income taxes.
While management continually monitors and improves our system of internal controls, data processing systems, and corporate wide
processes and procedures, we may suffer losses from operational risk in the future.
Management maintains internal operational controls and we have invested in technology to help us process large volumes of transactions.
However, we may not be able to continue processing at the same or higher levels of transactions. If our systems of internal controls should fail to
work as expected, if our systems were to be used in an unauthorized manner, or if employees were to subvert the system of internal controls,
significant losses could occur.
We process large volumes of transactions on a daily basis and are exposed to numerous types of operational risk, which could cause us to incur
substantial losses. Operational risk resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, and systems includes the risk of fraud by
employees or persons outside of our company, the execution of unauthorized transactions by employees, errors relating to transaction processing
and systems, and breaches of the internal control system and compliance requirements. This risk of loss also includes potential legal actions that
could arise as a result of the operational deficiency or as a result of noncompliance with applicable regulatory standards.
We establish and maintain systems of internal operational controls that provide management with timely and accurate information about our
level of operational risk. While not foolproof, these systems have been designed to manage operational risk at appropriate, cost effective levels.
We have also established procedures that are designed to ensure that policies relating to conduct, ethics and business practices are followed.
Nevertheless, we experience loss from operational risk from time to time, including the effects of operational errors, and these losses may be
substantial.
During 2011, our internal process for assigning loan grades did not always establish an accurate grade for credit risk. Our internal control
processes surrounding loan grades, which consist of a combination of internal and external loan review activities, identified and corrected grades
for the majority of loans that were not initially graded correctly. However, such loan review did not sufficiently cover all loans subject to
potential grading error throughout the year. In preparing our annual report on Form 10-K, we identified the extent to which our loan review
controls did not operate and expanded the scope to cover the remainder of the portfolio and adjusted our allowance for loan losses to take the
additional findings into consideration.
We operate in a highly regulated environment and, as a result, are subject to extensive regulation and supervision that could adversely
affect our financial performance and our ability to implement our growth and operating strategies.
We are subject to examination, supervision and comprehensive regulation by federal and state regulatory agencies, which is described under
“Item 1 – Business—Supervision and Regulation.” Regulatory oversight of banks is primarily intended to protect depositors, the federal deposit
insurance funds, and the banking system as a whole, not our shareholders. Compliance with these regulations is costly and may make it more
difficult to operate profitably.
Federal and state banking laws and regulations govern numerous matters including the payment of dividends, the acquisition of other banks and
the establishment of new banking offices. We must also meet specific regulatory capital requirements. Our failure to comply with these laws,
regulations and policies or to maintain our capital requirements could affect our ability to pay dividends on common stock, our ability to grow
through the development of new offices and our ability to make acquisitions. These limitations may prevent us from successfully implementing
our growth and operating strategies.
19
In addition, the laws and regulations applicable to banks could change at any time, which could significantly impact our business and
profitability. For example, new legislation or regulation could limit the manner in which we may conduct our business, including our ability to
attract deposits and make loans. Events that may not have a direct impact on us, such as the bankruptcy or insolvency of a prominent U.S.
corporation, can cause legislators and banking regulators and other agencies such as the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC, the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and various taxing authorities to respond by adopting and or proposing substantive revisions to
laws, regulations, rules, standards, policies and interpretations. The nature, extent, and timing of the adoption of significant new laws and
regulations, or changes in or repeal of existing laws and regulations may have a material impact on our business and results of operations.
Changes in regulation may cause us to devote substantial additional financial resources and management time to compliance, which may
negatively affect our operating results.
Changes in banking laws could have a material adverse effect on us.
We are subject to changes in federal and state laws as well as changes in banking and credit regulations, and governmental economic and
monetary policies. We cannot predict whether any of these changes may adversely and materially affect us. The current regulatory environment
for financial institutions entails significant potential increases in compliance requirements and associated costs. Federal and state banking
regulators also possess broad powers to take supervisory actions as they deem appropriate. These supervisory actions may result in higher capital
requirements, higher insurance premiums and limitations on our activities that could have a material adverse effect on our business and
profitability.
Recent legislation regarding the financial services industry may have a significant adverse effect on our operations.
The Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law on July 21, 2010. The Dodd-Frank Act will implement significant changes to the U.S. financial system,
including among others:
●
●
●
●
●
●
new requirements on banking, derivative and investment activities, including the repeal of the prohibition on the payment of interest
on business demand accounts, debit card interchange fee requirements, and the “Volcker Rule,” which restricts the sponsorship, or
the acquisition or retention of ownership interests, in private equity funds;
the creation of a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with supervisory authority, including the power to conduct examinations
and take enforcement actions with respect to financial institutions with assets of $10 billion or more;
the creation of a Financial Stability Oversight Council with authority to identify institutions and practices that might pose a systemic
risk;
provisions affecting corporate governance and executive compensation of all companies subject to the reporting requirements of the
Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;
a provision that would broaden the base for FDIC insurance assessments; and
a provision that would require bank regulators to set minimum capital levels for bank holding companies that are as strong as those
required for their insured depository subsidiaries, subject to a grandfather clause for holding companies with less than $15 billion in
assets as of December 31, 2009.
Many provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act remain subject to regulatory rule-making and implementation, the effects of which are not yet known.
As a result, it is difficult to gauge the ultimate impact of certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act because the implementation of many concepts
is left to regulatory agencies. For example, the CFPB is given the power to adopt new regulations to protect consumers and is given control over
existing consumer protection regulations adopted by federal banking regulators.
The provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and any rules adopted to implement those provisions as well as any additional legislative or regulatory
changes may impact the profitability of our business activities and costs of operations, require that we change certain of our business practices,
materially affect our business model or affect retention of key personnel, require us to raise additional regulatory capital, including additional
Tier 1 capital, and could expose us to additional costs (including increased compliance costs). These and other changes may also require us to
invest significant management attention and resources to make any necessary changes and may adversely affect our ability to conduct our
business as previously conducted or our results of operations or financial condition.
20
As a result of our participation in the Capital Purchase Program, we are subject to significant restrictions on compensation payable to
our executive officers and other key employees.
Our ability to attract and retain key officers and employees may be further impacted by legislation and regulation affecting the financial services
industry. As noted above, in early 2009, the ARRA was signed into law. The ARRA, through the implementing regulations of the U.S. Treasury,
significantly expanded the executive compensation restrictions originally imposed on CPP participants. Among other things, these restrictions
impose limits on our ability to pay bonuses and other incentive compensation and to make severance payments. These restrictions will continue
to apply to us for as long as the preferred stock we issued pursuant to the Capital Purchase Program remains outstanding. These restrictions may
negatively affect our ability to compete with financial institutions that are not subject to the same limitations.
21
Item 1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments
Not applicable.
Item 2.
Properties
PBI Bank has 18 full-service banking offices. The following table shows the location, square footage and ownership of each property. We
believe that each of these locations is adequately insured. Data processing and support operations are located in the Main office in Louisville
and the Glasgow office building on Columbia Avenue. Trust services and operations are located in the Campbell Lane office in Bowling Green.
Markets
Louisville/Jefferson, Bullitt and Henry Counties
Main Office: 2500 Eastpoint Parkway, Louisville
Eminence Office: 645 Elm Street, Eminence
Hillview Office: 11998 Preston Highway, Hillview
Pleasureville Office: 5440 Castle Highway, Pleasureville
Shepherdsville Office: 340 South Buckman Street, Shepherdsville
Conestoga Office: 155 Conestoga Parkway, Shepherdsville
Lexington/Fayette County
Lexington Office: 2424 Harrodsburg Road, Suite 100, Lexington
South Central Kentucky
Brownsville Office: 113 East Main, Brownsville
Greensburg Office: 202-04 North Main Street, Greensburg
Horse Cave Office: 210 East Main Street, Horse Cave
Morgantown Office: 112 West Logan Street, Morgantown
Munfordville Office: 949 South Dixie Highway, Munfordville
Northside Office: 1300 North Main Street, Beaver Dam
Wal-Mart Office: 1701 North Main Street, Beaver Dam
Owensboro/Davies County
Owensboro Office: 1819 Frederica Street, Owensboro
Southern Kentucky
Fairview Office: 1042 Fairview Avenue, Suite A, Bowling Green
Campbell Lane Office: 751 Campbell Lane, Bowling Green
Glasgow Office: 1006 West Main Street, Glasgow
Other Properties
Office Building: 701 Columbia Avenue, Glasgow
Canmer Office: 2708 North Jackson Highway, Canmer
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings
Square Footage Owned/Leased
30,000
1,500
3,500
10,000
10,000
3,900
Owned
Owned
Owned
Owned
Owned
Owned
8,500
Leased
8,500
11,000
5,000
7,500
9,000
3,200
500
Owned
Owned
Owned
Owned
Owned
Owned
Leased
3,000
Owned
3,000
7,500
12,000
Leased
Owned
Owned
19,000
5,000
Owned
Owned
In the normal course of operations, we are defendants in various legal proceedings. In the opinion of management, there is no known legal
proceeding pending which an adverse decision would be expected to result in a material adverse change in our business or consolidated financial
position. See Footnote 25, “Contingencies” in the Notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional detail regarding ongoing legal
proceedings and other matters.
Item 4.
Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.
22
PART II
Item 5.
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Market Information
Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Market under the ticker symbol “PBIB”. The following table presents the high and low
sales prices for our common stock reported on the NASDAQ Global Market for the periods indicated. Market prices and dividends paid have
been restated to reflect stock dividends.
Quarter Ended
Fourth Quarter
Third Quarter
Second Quarter
First Quarter
Quarter Ended
Fourth Quarter
Third Quarter
Second Quarter
First Quarter
$
$
2011
Market Value
High
Low
3.50 $
5.01
8.17
10.72
Dividend
0.00
0.00
0.01
0.01
1.95 $
2.96
4.72
7.89
2010
Market Value
High
Low
10.89 $
11.63
14.02
14.30
Dividend
0.01
0.10
0.19
0.19
9.94 $
9.05
12.02
10.21
As of February 3, 2012, we had approximately 1,047 shareholders, including 372 shareholders of record and approximately 675 beneficial
owners whose shares are held in “street” name by securities broker-dealers or other nominees.
23
Dividends
We will not be able to pay dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. We historically paid quarterly cash dividends on our
common stock until we suspended dividend payments in October 2011.
As a bank holding company, Porter Bancorp’s ability to declare and pay dividends depends on certain federal regulatory considerations,
including the guidelines of the Federal Reserve regarding capital adequacy and dividends. Porter Bancorp has agreed with the Federal Reserve to
obtain its written consent prior to declaring or paying any future dividends.
Our principal source of revenue with which to pay dividends on our common stock is the dividends that PBI Bank may declare and pay to us out
of funds legally available for payment of dividends. PBI Bank must obtain the prior written consent of its primary regulators prior to declaring or
paying any future dividends. In addition to this current restriction, various laws applicable to PBI Bank also limit its payment of dividends to us.
A Kentucky chartered bank may declare a dividend of an amount of the bank’s net profits as the board deems appropriate. The approval of the
KDFI is required if the total of all dividends declared by the bank in any calendar year exceeds the total of its net profits for that year combined
with its retained net profits for the preceding two years, less any required transfers to surplus or a fund for the retirement of preferred stock or
debt. As a practical matter, PBI Bank will not be able to pay dividends to us for the foreseeable future.
Effective with the fourth quarter of 2011, we began deferring cash dividends on our Series A preferred stock held by the U.S. Treasury and
interest payments on the junior subordinated notes relating to our trust preferred securities. Deferring interest payments on the junior
subordinated notes resulted in the deferral of distributions on our trust preferred securities. We will not be able to pay cash dividends on our
common stock in the future until we have paid all accrued and unpaid dividends on our Series A preferred stock and all deferred distributions on
our trust preferred securities. Dividends on the Series A preferred stock and deferred distributions on our trust preferred securities are
cumulative and therefore unpaid dividends and distributions will accrue and compound on each subsequent payment date. If we become subject
to any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of affairs, holders of the trust preferred securities and then holders of the preferred stock will be
entitled to receive the liquidation amounts to which they are entitled including the amount of any accrued and unpaid distributions and dividends,
before any distribution can be made to the holders of our common stock.
Purchase of Equity Securities by Issuer
The Company did not repurchase any shares in 2011.
24
Item 6.
Selected Financial Data
The following table summarizes our selected historical consolidated financial data from 2007 to 2011. You should read this information in
conjunction with Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Item 8. “Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data.”
Selected Consolidated Financial Data
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
2011
As of and for the Years Ended December 31,
2009
2008
2010
Income Statement Data:
Interest income
Interest expense
Net interest income
Provision for loan losses
Non-interest income
Non-interest expense
$
73,554 $
22,039
86,407 $
28,841
94,466 $
40,412
100,107 $
52,881
51,515
62,600
7,833
104,273
57,566
30,100
11,582
46,478
54,054
14,200
7,094
30,456
47,226
5,400
6,868
27,757
Income (loss) before income taxes
Income tax expense (benefit)
(107,525 )
(218 )
(7,430 )
(3,046 )
16,492
5,424
20,937
6,927
2007
91,800
49,404
42,396
4,025
5,556
22,474
21,453
7,224
Net income (loss)
Less:
(107,307 )
(4,384 )
11,068
14,010
14,229
Dividends on preferred stock
Accretion on Series A preferred stock
Earnings (loss) allocated to participating securities
1,750
177
(4,080 )
1,810
177
(184 )
1,750
176
97
194
20
94
—
—
—
Net income (loss) available to common
$
(105,154 ) $
(6,187 ) $
9,045 $
13,702 $
14,229
Common Share Data (1):
Basic earnings (loss) per common share
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
Cash dividends declared per common share
Book value per common share
Tangible book value per common share
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
Total assets
Debt obligations:
FHLB advances
Junior subordinated debentures
Subordinated capital note
Average Balance Data:
Average assets
Average loans
Average deposits
Average FHLB advances
Average junior subordinated debentures
Average subordinated capital note
Average notes payable
Average stockholders’ equity
$
(8.98 ) $
(8.98 )
0.02
3.74
3.54
(0.60 ) $
(0.60 )
0.49
12.76
10.33
1.00 $
1.00
0.76
14.61
11.44
1.51 $
1.51
0.73
14.14
11.18
1.60
1.60
0.70
13.40
11.06
$
1,455,424 $
1,723,952 $
1,835,090 $
1,647,857 $
1,456,020
7,116
25,000
7,650
15,022
25,000
8,550
82,980
25,000
9,000
142,776
25,000
9,000
121,767
25,000
—
$
1,659,959 $
1,243,474
1,434,462
15,315
25,000
8,208
—
159,434
1,747,648 $
1,353,295
1,459,041
47,800
25,000
8,941
—
188,015
1,714,131 $
1,371,034
1,385,572
106,259
25,000
9,000
—
168,752
1,572,599 $
1,324,658
1,250,614
138,954
25,000
4,525
—
131,706
1,221,649
1,019,628
997,287
69,276
25,000
—
14
114,797
(1) Common share data has been adjusted to reflect a 5% stock dividend effective December 14, 2010, November 19, 2009 and November
10, 2008.
25
Item 7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation
Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations analyzes the consolidated financial condition and results
of operations of Porter Bancorp, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary, PBI Bank. Porter Bancorp, Inc. is a Louisville, Kentucky-based bank
holding company which operates 18 full-service banking offices in twelve counties through its wholly-owned subsidiary, PBI Bank. Our markets
include metropolitan Louisville in Jefferson County and the surrounding counties of Henry and Bullitt, and extend south along the Interstate 65
corridor to Tennessee. We serve south central Kentucky and southern Kentucky from banking offices in Butler, Green, Hart, Edmonson, Barren,
Warren, Ohio, and Daviess Counties. We also have an office in Lexington, the second largest city in Kentucky. Our markets have experienced
annual positive deposit growth rates in recent years with the trend expected to continue. The Bank is both a traditional community bank with a
wide range of commercial and personal banking products and an innovative online bank which delivers competitive deposit products and
services through an on-line banking division operating under the name of Ascencia.
Historically, we have focused on commercial and commercial real estate lending, both in markets where we have banking offices and other
growing markets in our region. Commercial, commercial real estate and real estate construction loans accounted for 60.5% of our total loan
portfolio as of December 31, 2011, and 62.7% as of December 31, 2010. Commercial lending generally produces higher yields than residential
lending, but involves greater risk and requires more rigorous underwriting standards and credit quality monitoring.
Overview
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes and other schedules
presented elsewhere in the report.
For the year ended December 31, 2011, we reported a net loss of $107.3 million compared to net loss of $4.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 2010. After deductions for dividends on preferred stock, accretion on preferred stock, and earnings allocated to participating
securities, the net loss to common shareholders was $105.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to net loss to common
shareholders of $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Basic and diluted loss per common share were $(8.98) for the year ended
December 31, 2011, compared to loss per common share of $(0.60) for 2010.
The decline in our financial performance in 2011 was primarily due to losses in our commercial real estate and construction and land
development loan portfolios. Weakness in demand for housing units in our markets continues to negatively impact values of collateral securing
our loans and other real estate owned (OREO), as well as some customers’ ability to repay their loans. As a result of these trends we charged off
a high level of commercial real estate and construction and land development loans. We also wrote down other real estate owned to reflect
declining real estate values reflected in new appraisals and our strategy to bulk sell certain properties.
Non-performing loans were 8.22% of total loans and nonperforming assets stood at 9.26% of total assets at December 31, 2011. We remain
diligent in the management of our portfolio and are striving to improve credit quality by working throughout our markets with our clients to
balance selective new customer acquisition, customer service for our existing clients and prudent risk management.
In addition, we recorded a pre-tax goodwill impairment charge of $23.8 million during the second quarter of 2011. The write-off of goodwill was
a non-cash accounting entry that had no effect on liquidity, regulatory capital or regulatory capital ratios. Approximately $6.2 million of the
impairment charge was deductible for federal tax purposes. The after tax impact of the goodwill impairment charge was $21.6 million, or $(1.84)
per common share.
We also established a 100% deferred tax valuation allowance of $31.7 million in December 2011 based upon a detailed analysis of our past
performance and our expected future performance. We considered all evidence currently available, both positive and negative, in determining,
based on the weight of that evidence, the likelihood that the deferred tax asset would be realized. During that review, we determined that the
level of our recent historical losses, the level of our non-performing assets, our inability to meet our forecasted levels of earnings in 2011, our
intent to defer payment of dividends on our subordinated debentures and Series A Preferred Stock, and our non-compliance with the capital
requirements of our Consent Order outweighed our forecasted taxable earnings levels for the near and long term. As such, we established a
100% deferred tax valuation allowance. A return to profitability would enable us to reduce the valuation allowance and thereby offset income
tax expense that would otherwise be recognized.
26
Significant developments for the year ended December 31, 2011 were:
■ Loans decreased 12.8% to $1.1 billion compared to $1.3 billion at December 31, 2010.
■ Total assets decreased 15.6% to $1.5 billion since the 2010 year-end.
■ Deposits declined 9.8% to $1.3 billion compared with $1.5 billion at December 31, 2010.
■ Net interest margin decreased to 3.40% for 2011 compared with 3.59% for 2010.
■ We recorded a pre-tax goodwill impairment charge of $23.8 million during the second quarter of 2011. The write-off of goodwill
was a non-cash accounting entry that had no effect on liquidity, regulatory capital or regulatory capital ratios. Approximately $6.2
million of the impairment charge was deductible for federal tax purposes. The after tax impact of the goodwill impairment charge
was $21.6 million or $(1.84) per common share.
■ We established a 100% valuation allowance for our $31.7 million deferred tax asset in December 2011.
■ Non-performing assets increased from $128.1 million at December 31, 2010, to $134.8 million at December 31, 2011.
■ Provision for loan losses increased $32.5 million in 2011 compared with 2010 as the result of an increase in non-performing loans,
and an increase in net loan charge-offs of $44.3 million, or 3.56% of average loans for 2011, compared with $22.2 million, or
1.64% of average loans for 2010.
■ Other real estate owned (OREO) expenses increased to $47.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, from $16.3 million for
the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was primarily attributable to $34.9 million in fair value write-downs tied to
declining real estate values reflected in new appraisals and our strategy to bulk sell certain properties, as well as the ongoing
carrying and maintenance costs for the OREO portfolio.
■ On June 24, 2011, PBI Bank entered into a Consent Order with the FDIC and the Kentucky Department of Financial Institutions.
The consent order establishes benchmarks for the Bank to improve its asset quality, reduce its loan concentrations, and maintain a
minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 9% and a minimum total risk based capital ratio of 12%. At December 31, 2011, the Bank’s Tier
1 leverage ratio declined to 6.2% and its total risk-based capital ratio declined to 10.9%, which are below the minimums of 9.0%
and 12.0% required by the Bank’s Consent Order. At December 31, 2011, Porter Bancorp’s leverage ratio was 6.5% and its total
risk-based capital ratio was 11.2%. We are continuing our efforts to strengthen our capital levels and comply with the Consent
Order.
■ On September 21, 2011, we entered into a formal written agreement with the Federal Bank of St. Louis. Porter Bancorp made
formal commitments in the agreement to use its financial and management resources to serve as a source of strength for the Bank
and to assist the Bank in addressing weaknesses identified by the FDIC and the KDFI, to pay no dividends without prior written
approval, to pay no interest or principal on subordinated debentures or trust preferred securities without written approval, and to
submit an acceptable plan to maintain sufficient capital.
These items are discussed in further detail throughout this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations” Section.
Recent Developments and Future Plans
During 2011, we recorded a net loss to common shareholders of $105.2 million. This loss is primarily attributable to a $23.8 million goodwill
impairment charge, the establishment of a $31.7 million valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets, OREO expense of $47.5 million related
to valuation adjustments for our change in strategy related to certain properties and increase in carrying costs associated with carrying these
higher levels of assets, as well as provision for loan losses expense of $62.6 million due to the continued decline in credit trends within our
portfolio.
In June 2011, the Bank agreed to a Consent Order with the FDIC and KDFI in which the Bank agreed, among other things, to improve asset
quality, reduce loan concentrations, and maintain a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 9% and a minimum total risk based capital ratio of
12%. The Consent Order was included in our Current Report on 8-K filed on June 30, 2011. As of December 31, 2011, these capital ratios were
not met.
In order to meet these capital requirements, the Board of Directors and management are continuing to evaluate strategies including the following:
● Continue to operate the Company and Bank in a safe and sound manner. This strategy will require us to continue to reduce the size of
our balance sheet, reduce our lending concentrations, consider selling loans, and reduce other noninterest expense through the
disposition of OREO.
● Our historical losses have been significant in construction and development lending.
27
o We recorded net construction and development loan charge-offs totaling $11.0 and $11.4 million in 2011 and 2010,
respectively. This represented approximately 27% and 51% of our total net loan charge-offs in 2011 and 2010, respectively.
o In 2011, management determined, with the concurrence of the Board of Directors, that certain properties held in OREO were
not likely to be successfully disposed of in an acceptable time-frame using routine marketing efforts. It became apparent due to
weakness in the economy and softness in demand for housing that certain land development and residential condominium
projects would require extended holding periods to sell the properties at recent appraised values. Accordingly, in June of 2011,
the Company sold, in a single transaction, 54 finished condominium property units from condominium developments held in
our OREO portfolio with a carrying value of approximately $11.0 million, for $5.2 million, resulting in a pre-tax loss of $5.8
million.
o Although we were carrying our OREO at fair market value less estimated cost to sell, we subsequently adjusted our valuations
for land development and residential development properties held in OREO similar to the properties we sold earlier in 2011.
Our 2011 fair value adjustments totaled approximately $25.6 million to reflect our intent to market these properties more
aggressively to retail and bulk buyers. Additionally, we recorded approximately $9.3 million of fair value adjustments related
to new appraisals received for properties in the portfolio during 2011.
o In summary, we recorded net construction and development OREO fair value adjustments and loss on sale of OREO totaling
$38.7 and $10.4 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively. This represents approximately 89% and 71% of our total OREO fair
value adjustments and loss on sale in 2011 and 2011, respectively.
● We are committed to reducing loan concentrations and balance sheet risk.
o Our Consent Order calls for us to reduce our construction and development loans to not more than 75% of total risk-based
capital. These loans totaled $101.5 million, or 85% of total risk-based capital, at December 31, 2011.
o Our Consent Order also requires us to reduce non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans, construction and development
loans, and multifamily residential real estate loans as a group, to not more than 250% of total risk based capital. These loans
totaled $414.6 million, or 349% of total risk-based capital, at December 31, 2011.
o We are working to reduce these loans by curtailing new construction and development lending and new non-owner occupied
commercial real estate lending. We are also receiving principal reductions from amortizing credits and pay-downs from our
customers who sell properties built for resale. While we have not yet reduced our balances in these categories to the required
percentages, we have reduced the construction loan portfolio from $199.5 million at December 31, 2010 to $101.5 million at
December 31, 2011. Our non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans declined from $293.3 million at December 31,
2010 to $252.7 million at December 31, 2011.
● Raise capital by selling common stock through a public offering or private placement to existing and new investors.
● Evaluate other strategic alternatives, such as the sale of assets or branches.
Bank regulatory agencies can exercise discretion when an institution does not meet the terms of a consent order. Based on individual
circumstances, the agencies may issue mandatory directives, impose monetary penalties, initiate changes in management, or refrain from formal
sanctions.
Application of Critical Accounting Policies
Our accounting and reporting policies comply with GAAP and conform to general practices within the banking industry. We believe that of our
significant accounting policies, the following may involve a higher degree of management assumptions and judgments that could result in
materially different amounts to be reported if conditions or underlying circumstances were to change.
28
Allowance for Loan Losses – PBI Bank maintains an allowance for loan losses believed to be sufficient to absorb probable incurred credit
losses existing in the loan portfolio, and the board of directors evaluates the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses on a quarterly basis. We
evaluate the adequacy of the allowance using, among other things, historical loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio,
adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of the underlying collateral and current economic conditions
and trends. The allowance may be allocated for specific loans or loan categories, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in
management’s judgment, should be charged off. The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to
loans that are individually classified as impaired. The general component is based on historical loss experience adjusted for environmental
factors. We develop allowance estimates based on actual loss experience adjusted for current economic conditions and trends. Allowance
estimates are a prudent measurement of the risk in the loan portfolio which we apply to individual loans based on loan type. If the mix and
amount of future charge-off percentages differ significantly from those assumptions used by management in making its determination, we may
be required to materially increase our allowance for loan losses and provision for loan losses, which could adversely affect our results.
Other Real Estate Owned – Other real estate owned (OREO) is real estate acquired as a result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure.
It is classified as real estate owned until such time as it is sold. When property is acquired as a result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of
foreclosure, it is recorded at its fair market value less estimated cost to sell. Any write-down of the property at the time of acquisition is charged
to the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent reductions in fair value are recorded as non-interest expense. To determine the fair value of OREO
for smaller dollar single family homes, we consult with internal real estate sales staff and external realtors, investors, and appraisers. If the
internally evaluated market price is below our underlying investment in the property, appropriate write-downs are recorded. For larger dollar
commercial real estate properties, we obtain a new appraisal of the subject property in connection with the transfer to other real estate owned.
We do not obtain updated appraisals on a quarterly basis after the receipt of the initial appraisal. Rather, we internally review the fair value of
the other real estate owned in our portfolio on a quarterly basis to determine if a new appraisal is warranted based on the specific circumstances
of each property. We obtain updated appraisals each year on the anniversary of ownership unless a sale is imminent.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets – We evaluate goodwill and intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives for impairment at least annually
and more frequently if circumstances indicate their value may not be recoverable. We evaluate goodwill for impairment by comparing the fair
value of the reporting unit to the book value of the reporting unit. If the fair value, net of goodwill, exceeds book value, then goodwill is not
considered to be impaired. We evaluated goodwill for impairment during the second quarter of 2011 because our common stock, which trades
publicly on the NASDAQ, experienced a significant drop in value throughout the months of May and June 2011. We evaluated goodwill for
impairment during the fourth quarter of 2010 with the assistance of an independent valuation professional by applying a series of fair-value-
based tests. While step 1 of the evaluation indicated potential impairment, the detailed step 2 test concluded that our goodwill was not
impaired. Our stock trended downward during the first quarter of 2011 and continued downward throughout the months of May and June 2011.
The stock closed on June 30, 2011 at $4.98 per share and has traded at a market price less than book value per common share since the second
quarter of 2010.
We evaluated the potential negative impact on the value of our common stock from being removed from the Russell 3000 Index during June
2011, the trend of lower earnings in 2011 compared to historical performance due to the continuing impact on earnings from loan loss
provisions, non-performing loans, and foreclosed properties, and recent regulatory agreements entered into by the company. Our goodwill
impairment testing completed during the fourth quarter of 2010 included, among other things, future projections of earnings at levels exceeding
actual results for 2011. The level of loan loss provisions and the cost of foreclosed properties continue to exceed our prior expectations as we
work through issues with our non-performing loan levels and other real estate owned portfolio.
The fair value was determined utilizing our market capitalization based upon recent common stock price levels. We also considered market
comparison transactions and control premiums for institutions of a similar size and performance. Based on this analysis, we determined that our
goodwill was impaired and recorded an impairment charge of $23.8 million in the quarter ended June 30, 2011. The impairment charge had no
impact on the Company’s liquidity, cash flows, or regulatory capital ratios.
Intangible assets that are not amortized are evaluated for impairment at least annually by comparing the fair values of those assets to their
carrying values. Other identifiable intangible assets that are subject to amortization are amortized on an accelerated basis over the years expected
to be benefited, which we believe is 10 years. We review these amortizable intangible assets for impairment if circumstances indicate their value
may not be recoverable based on a comparison of fair value to carrying value. Based on our annual review, management does not believe our
intangible assets are impaired at December 31, 2011.
29
Stock-based Compensation – Compensation cost is recognized for stock options and restricted stock awards issued to employees, based on the
fair value of these awards at the date of grant. We utilize a Black-Scholes model, which requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, such
as volatility, risk-free interest rates and dividend pay-out rates, to estimate the fair value of stock options, while the market price of the
Company’s common stock at the date of grant is used for restricted stock awards. Compensation cost is recognized over the required service
period, generally defined as the vesting period. For awards with graded vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the
requisite service period for the entire award.
Valuation of Deferred Tax Asset – We evaluate deferred tax assets for impairment on a quarterly basis. We established a 100% deferred tax
valuation allowance of $31.7 million in December 2011 based upon the analysis of our past performance and our expected future
performance. We considered all evidence currently available, both positive and negative, in determining, based on the weight of that evidence,
the likelihood that the deferred tax asset would be realized. During that review, we determined that the level of our recent historical losses, the
level of our non-performing assets, our inability to meet our forecasted levels of earnings in 2011, our intent to defer payment of dividends on
our subordinated debentures and Series A Preferred Stock, and our non-compliance with the capital requirements of our Consent Order
outweighed our forecasted taxable earnings levels for the near and long term. As such, we established a 100% deferred tax valuation
allowance. A return to profitability would enable us to reduce the valuation allowance and thereby offset income tax expense that would
otherwise be recognized. Examinations of our income tax returns or changes in tax law may impact our deferred tax assets and liabilities as well
as our provision for income taxes.
Results of Operations
The following table summarizes components of income and expense and the change in those components for 2011 compared with 2010:
Gross interest income
Gross interest expense
Net interest income
Provision for credit losses
Non-interest income
Gains on sale of securities, net
Other than temporary impairment on securities
Non-interest expense
Net income (loss) before taxes
Income tax expense (benefit)
Net income (loss)
Dividends on preferred stock
Accretion on Series A preferred stock
Earnings allocated to participating securities
Net income (loss) available to common
For the
Years Ended December 31, Change from Prior Period
2011
2010
(dollars in thousands)
Amount
Percent
$
73,554 $
22,039
51,515
62,600
6,766
1,108
(41 )
104,273
(107,525 )
(218 )
(107,307 )
1,750
177
(4,080 )
(105,154 )
86,407 $
28,841
57,566
30,100
7,027
5,152
(597 )
46,478
(7,430 )
(3,046 )
(4,384 )
1,810
177
(184 )
(6,187 )
(12,853 )
(6,802 )
(6,051 )
32,500
(261 )
(4,044 )
556
57,795
(100,095 )
2,828
(102,923 )
(60 )
—
(3,896 )
(98,967 )
(14.9 )%
(23.6 )
(10.5 )
108.0
(3.7 )
(78.5 )
(93.1 )
124.3
1347.2
(92.8 )
2347.7
(3.3 )
—
2117.4
1599.6
Net loss of $107.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, increased $102.9 million from net loss of $4.4 million for 2010. Net loss to
common shareholders of $105.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, increased $99.0 million from net loss to common shareholders of
$6.2 million for 2010. This decrease in earnings was primarily attributable to a one-time goodwill impairment charge of $23.8 million,
establishment of a deferred tax asset valuation allowance of $31.7 million, increased provision for loan losses expense, and non-interest expenses
associated with our OREO.
Goodwill was determined to be impaired during the second quarter of 2011 as the result of operating losses and a significant drop in value of our
common stock which trades on NASDAQ. The deferred tax asset is dependent on future levels of income. Given our net loss for the past two
years, and evaluation of other positive and negative evidence, we established a 100% valuation allowance for our deferred tax asset in the fourth
quarter of 2011. Provision for loan losses expense increased $32.5 million, or 108.0%, in comparison with 2010 as a result of an increase in non-
performing loans, and an increase in net loan charge-offs to $44.3 million, or 3.56% of average loans for 2011, compared with $22.2 million, or
1.64% of average loans for 2010. Non-interest income decreased $261,000, or 3.7%, in comparison with 2010 primarily as a result of decreased
service charges on deposit accounts. Gains on sales of investment securities decreased $4.0 million, or 78.5% in comparison with 2010 due to
fewer sales of securities during the year.
30
Non-interest expense increased $57.8 million, or 124.3%, in comparison with 2010 primarily as a result of a one-time goodwill impairment
charge of $23.8 million, increased expense related to other real estate owned, increased loan collection expense, and borrowing prepayment
fees. Income tax benefit decreased $2.8 million, or 92.8%, as the result of the establishment of the $31.7 million deferred tax valuation
allowance.
The following table summarizes components of income and expense and the change in those components for 2010 compared with 2009:
Gross interest income
Gross interest expense
Net interest income
Provision for credit losses
Non-interest income
Gains on sale of securities, net
Other than temporary impairment on securities
Non-interest expense
Net income (loss) before taxes
Income tax expense (benefit)
Net income (loss)
Dividends on preferred stock
Accretion on Series A preferred stock
Earnings allocated to participating securities
Net income (loss) available to common
For the
Years Ended December 31, Change from Prior Period
2010
2009
(dollars in thousands)
Amount
Percent
$
86,407 $
28,841
57,566
30,100
7,027
5,152
(597 )
46,478
(7,430 )
(3,046 )
(4,384 )
1,810
177
(184 )
(6,187 )
94,466 $
40,412
54,054
14,200
6,779
315
–
30,456
16,492
5,424
11,068
1,750
176
97
9,045
(8,059 )
(11,571 )
3,512
15,900
248
4,837
(597 )
16,022
(23,922 )
(8,470 )
(15,452 )
60
1
(281 )
(15,232 )
(8.5 )%
(28.6 )
6.5
112.0
3.7
1535.6
(100.0 )
52.6
(145.1 )
(156.2 )
(139.6 )
3.4
0.6
(289.7 )
(168.4 )
Net loss of $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, decreased $15.5 million, or 139.6%, from net income of $11.1 million for
2009. Net loss to common shareholders of $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, decreased $15.2 million, or 168.4%, from net
income to common shareholders of $9.0 million for 2009. This decrease in earnings was primarily attributable to increased provision for loan
losses expense and non-interest expense. Provision for loan losses expense increased $15.9 million, or 112.0%, in comparison with 2009 as a
result of an increase in non-performing loans, and an increase in net loan charge-offs to $22.2 million, or 1.64% of average loans for 2010,
compared with $7.5 million, or 0.54% of average loans for 2009.
Non-interest income increased $248,000, or 3.7%, in comparison with 2009 primarily as a result of increased income from fiduciary activities,
and increased gains on sales of loans originated for sale. Gains on sales of investment securities increased $4.8 million, or 1535.6% in
comparison with 2009 due to a strategic decision to liquidate our portfolio of private label mortgage-backed securities and certain other
mortgage-backed securities and corporate bonds. These gains were partially offset by other- than-temporary impairment write-downs on
investment securities of $597,000 during 2010. No similar write-downs were recorded during 2009. Non-interest expense increased $16.0
million, or 52.6%, in comparison with 2009 as a result of increased state franchise tax expense and increased expense related to other real estate
owned. Earnings allocated to participating securities for 2010 resulted from the issuance of participating Series C preferred shares during 2010.
Net Interest Income – Our net interest income was $51.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, a decrease of $6.1 million, or 10.5%,
compared with $57.6 million for the same period in 2010. Net interest spread and margin were 3.24% and 3.40%, respectively, for 2011,
compared with 3.38% and 3.59%, respectively, for 2010. Average nonaccrual loans were $67.4 million and $54.0 million in 2011 and 2010,
respectively. The decrease in net interest income was primarily the result of lower average earning assets. In addition, net interest income and net
interest margin were adversely affected by $4.0 million and $2.7 million of interest lost on non-accrual loans during 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Also, average interest bearing liabilities as a percentage of interest earning assets increased from 89.6% in 2010 to 90.3% in 2011 due to lower
capital. Nonaccrual loans increased significantly in the fourth quarter of 2011.
Our average interest-earning assets were $1.53 billion for 2011, compared with $1.62 billion for 2010, a 5.2% decrease, primarily attributable to
lower average loans and investment securities. Average loans were $1.24 billion for 2011, compared with $1.35 billion for 2010, an 8.1%
decrease. Average investment securities were $148.5 million for 2011, compared with $159.9 million for 2010, a 7.1% decrease. Our total
interest income decreased 14.9% to $73.6 million for 2011, compared with $86.4 million for 2010. The change was due primarily to lower
interest rates on and lower volume of loans and investment securities.
31
Our average interest-bearing liabilities decreased by 4.4% to $1.39 billion for 2011, compared with $1.45 billion for 2010. Our total interest
expense decreased by 23.6% to $22.0 million for 2011, compared with $28.8 million during 2010, due primarily to lower interest rates paid on
certificates of deposit, and a lower volume of FHLB advances. Our average volume of certificates of deposit decreased 3.2% to $1.12 billion for
2011, compared with $1.16 billion for 2010. The average interest rate paid on certificates of deposit decreased to 1.65% for 2011, compared with
2.02% for 2010. Our average volume of FHLB advances decreased 68.0% to $15.3 million for 2011, compared with $47.8 million for
2010. The average interest rate paid on FHLB advances decreased to 3.51% for 2011, compared with 4.22% for 2010. The decrease in cost of
funds was the result of the continued re-pricing of certificates of deposit at maturity at lower interest rates.
Our net interest income was $57.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $3.5 million, or 6.5%, compared with $54.1
million for the same period in 2009. Net interest spread and margin were 3.38% and 3.59%, respectively, for 2010, compared with 2.99% and
3.33%, respectively, for 2009. The increase in net interest income was primarily the result of lower cost of funds. Our cost of interest bearing
liabilities decreased 82 basis points for 2010 while our yield on average earning assets decreased 43 basis points.
Our average interest-earning assets were $1.62 billion for 2010, compared with $1.64 billion for 2009, a 1.1% decrease, primarily attributable to
lower average loans and investment securities. Average loans were $1.35 billion for 2010, compared with $1.37 billion for 2009, a 1.3%
decrease. Average investment securities were $159.9 million for 2010, compared with $173.7 million for 2009, a 7.9% decrease. Our total
interest income decreased 8.5% to $86.4 million for 2010, compared with $94.5 million for 2009. The change was due primarily to lower
interest rates on loan volume.
Our average interest-bearing liabilities increased by 0.9% to $1.45 billion for 2010, compared with $1.44 billion for 2009. Our total interest
expense decreased by 28.6% to $28.8 million for 2010, compared with $40.4 million during 2009, due primarily to lower interest rates paid on
certificates of deposit, and a lower volume of FHLB advances. Our average volume of certificates of deposit increased 6.1% to $1.16 billion for
2010, compared with $1.09 billion for 2009. The average interest rate paid on certificates of deposits decreased to 2.02% for 2010, compared
with 3.01% for 2009. Our average volume of FHLB advances decreased 55.0% to $47.8 million for 2010, compared with $106.3 million for
2009. The average interest rate paid on FHLB advances increased to 4.22% for 2010, compared with 3.47% for 2009. The decrease in cost of
funds was the result of the continued re-pricing of certificates of deposit at maturity at lower interest rates.
32
Average Balance Sheets
The following table sets forth the average daily balances, the interest earned or paid on such amounts, and the weighted average yield on interest-
earning assets and weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities for the periods indicated. Dividing income or expense by the average daily
balance of assets or liabilities, respectively, derives such yields and costs for the periods presented.
For the Years Ended December 31,
Average
Balance
2011
Interest
Earned/Paid
Average
Yield/Cost
Average
Balance
(dollars in thousands)
2010
Interest
Earned/Paid
Average
Yield/Cost
ASSETS
Interest-earning assets:
Loans receivables (1)(2)
Real estate
Commercial
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
U.S. Treasury and agencies
Mortgage-backed securities
State and political subdivision
securities (3)
State and political subdivision
securities
Corporate bonds
FHLB stock
Other debt securities
Other equity securities
Federal funds sold
Interest-bearing deposits in other
financial institutions
Total interest-
earning assets
Less: Allowance for loan losses
Non-interest-earning assets
$ 1,111,136 $
77,098
29,140
25,175
925
10,173
96,221
59,450
4,362
2,428
1,407
32
322
2,967
29,506
1,123
5.35 % $ 1,209,125 $
84,847
5.66
34,346
8.33
23,877
5.59
1,100
3.46
9,674
3.17
110,718
3.08
67,960
5,131
2,944
1,483
41
362
5,846
21,331
854
5.86
5.41
6.05
4.25
8.04
3.51
0.05
0.25
172
452
428
46
49
3
313
3,178
7,466
10,072
572
1,397
5,729
127,087
1,534,875
(37,762 )
162,846
161
875
441
46
48
16
199
2,947
12,906
10,072
694
1,623
12,633
82,648
1,618,541
(27,836 )
156,943
5.62 %
6.05
8.57
6.21
3.73
3.74
5.28
6.16
5.46
6.78
4.38
6.63
2.96
0.13
0.24
73,554
4.83 %
86,407
5.37 %
Total assets
$ 1,659,959
$ 1,747,648
LIABILITIES AND
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Interest-bearing liabilities
Certificates of deposit and other
time deposits
NOW and money market deposits
Savings accounts
Federal funds purchased and
repurchase agreements
FHLB advances
Junior subordinated debentures
Total interest-
bearing
liabilities
Non-interest-bearing liabilities
Non-interest-bearing deposits
Other liabilities
Stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities
Total liabilities and
stockholders’
$ 1,120,154 $
171,028
36,511
18,468
1,451
228
1.65 % $ 1,156,724 $
164,541
0.85
35,393
0.62
10,524
15,315
33,208
440
537
915
4.18
3.51
2.76
11,734
47,800
33,941
23,415
1,716
261
484
2,015
950
2.02 %
1.04
0.74
4.12
4.22
2.80
1,386,740
22,039
1.59 %
1,450,133
28,841
1.99 %
106,769
7,016
1,500,525
159,434
102,383
7,117
1,559,633
188,015
equity
$ 1,659,959
$ 1,747,648
Net interest income
Net interest spread
Net interest margin
Ratio of average interest-earning
assets to average
interest-bearing liabilities
$
51,515
$
57,566
3.24 %
3.40 %
3.38 %
3.59 %
110.68 %
111.61 %
(1)
Includes loan fees in both interest income and the calculation of yield on loans.
(2) Calculations include non-accruing loans in average loan amounts outstanding.
(3) Taxable equivalent yields are calculated assuming a 35% federal income tax rate.
33
For the Years Ended December 31,
Average
Balance
2010
Interest
Earned/Paid
Average
Yield/Cost
Average
Balance
(dollars in thousands)
2009
Interest
Earned/Paid
Average
Yield/Cost
$ 1,209,125 $
84,847
34,346
23,877
1,100
9,674
110,718
67,960
5,131
2,944
1,483
41
362
5,846
21,331
854
2,947
12,906
10,072
694
1,623
12,633
161
875
441
46
48
16
82,648
199
5.62 % $ 1,226,403 $
89,010
6.05
36,848
8.57
16,559
6.21
2,214
3.73
1,279
3.74
134,779
5.28
73,843
5,705
3,209
1,117
96
57
7,978
6.16
5.46
6.78
4.38
6.63
2.96
0.13
0.24
21,813
878
2,826
10,423
10,072
704
1,901
21,591
154
681
466
46
55
18
60,681
163
6.02 %
6.41
8.71
6.75
4.34
4.46
5.92
6.19
5.45
6.53
4.63
6.53
2.89
0.08
0.27
ASSETS
Interest-earning assets:
Loans receivables (1)(2)
Real estate
Commercial
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
U.S. Treasury and agencies
Mortgage-backed securities
State and political subdivision
securities (3)
State and political subdivision
securities
Corporate bonds
FHLB stock
Other debt securities
Other equity securities
Federal funds sold
Interest-bearing deposits in other
financial institutions
Total interest-earning
assets
Less: Allowance for loan losses
Non-interest-earning assets
1,618,541
(27,836 )
156,943
86,407
5.37 %
1,637,103
(21,130 )
98,158
94,466
5.80 %
Total assets
$ 1,747,648
$ 1,714,131
LIABILITIES AND
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Interest-bearing liabilities
Certificates of deposit and other
time deposits
NOW and money market deposits
Savings accounts
Federal funds purchased and
repurchase agreements
FHLB advances
Junior subordinated debentures
Total interest-bearing
liabilities
Non-interest-bearing liabilities
Non-interest-bearing deposits
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and
$ 1,156,724 $
164,541
35,393
11,734
47,800
33,941
23,415
1,716
261
484
2,015
950
2.02 % $ 1,089,798 $
162,221
1.04
34,386
0.74
4.12
4.22
2.80
11,042
106,259
34,000
32,816
1,962
310
476
3,691
1,157
3.01 %
1.21
0.90
4.31
3.47
3.40
1,450,133
28,841
1.99 %
1,437,706
40,412
2.81 %
102,383
7,117
1,559,633
188,015
99,167
8,506
1,545,379
168,752
stockholders’ equity
$ 1,747,648
$ 1,714,131
Net interest income
Net interest spread
Net interest margin
$
57,566
$
54,054
3.38 %
3.59 %
2.99 %
3.33 %
Ratio of average interest-earning
assets to average
interest-bearing liabilities
111.61 %
113.87 %
(1)
Includes loan fees in both interest income and the calculation of yield on loans.
(2) Calculations include non-accruing loans in average loan amounts outstanding.
(3) Taxable equivalent yields are calculated assuming a 35% federal income tax rate.
34
Rate/Volume Analysis
The table below sets forth information regarding changes in interest income and interest expense for the periods indicated. For each category of
interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided on changes attributable to (1) changes in rate (changes in rate
multiplied by old volume); (2) changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by old rate); and (3) changes in rate-volume (change in rate
multiplied by change in volume). Changes in rate-volume are proportionately allocated between rate and volume variance.
Year Ended December 31, 2011 vs. 2010
Increase (decrease)
due to change in
Year Ended December 31, 2010 vs. 2009
Increase (decrease)
due to change in
Rate
Volume
Net
Change
Rate
Volume
Net
Change
(in thousands)
$
(3,782 ) $
(58 )
(2,190 )
(6,098 ) $
18
(689 )
(9,880 ) $
(40 )
(2,879 )
(5,337 ) $
(10 )
(804 )
(1,074 ) $
315
(1,328 )
(6,411 )
305
(2,132 )
(55 )
(86 )
(13 )
9
8
(6 )
5
335
(337 )
—
(9 )
(7 )
(7 )
280
(423 )
(13 )
—
1
(13 )
(2 )
27
(25 )
1
1
7
(15 )
167
—
(1 )
(8 )
(9 )
(17 )
194
(25 )
—
(7 )
(2 )
109
114
(18 )
54
36
(6,168 )
(6,685 )
(12,853 )
(6,160 )
(1,899 )
(8,059 )
(4,238 )
(324 )
(41 )
(709 )
59
8
(4,947 )
(265 )
(33 )
(11,295 )
(281 )
(58 )
1,894
35
9
7
(293 )
(15 )
(51 )
(1,185 )
(20 )
(44 )
(1,478 )
(35 )
(21 )
667
(205 )
29
(2,343 )
(2 )
(9,401 )
(246 )
(49 )
8
(1,676 )
(207 )
(4,904 )
(1,898 )
(6,802 )
(11,193 )
(378 )
(11,571 )
Interest-earning assets:
Loan receivables
U.S. Treasury and agencies
Mortgage-backed securities
State and political subdivision
securities
Corporate bonds
FHLB stock
Other debt securities
Other equity securities
Federal funds sold
Interest-bearing deposits in other
financial
institutions
Total increase (decrease) in interest
income
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Certificates of deposit and
other time deposits
NOW and money market accounts
Savings accounts
Federal funds purchased and
repurchase
agreements
FHLB advances
Junior subordinated debentures
Total increase (decrease) in interest
expense
Increase (decrease) in net interest
income
$
(1,264 ) $
(4,787 ) $
(6,051 ) $
5,033 $
(1,521 ) $
3,512
35
Non-Interest Income – The following table presents for the periods indicated the major categories of non-interest income:
Service charges on deposit accounts
Income from fiduciary activities
Secondary market brokerage fees
Title insurance commissions
Gains on sales of loans originated for sale
Gains on sales of investment securities, net
Other-than-temporary impairment on securities
Other
Total non-interest income
2011
For the Years Ended
December 31,
2010
(in thousands)
2009
$
$
2,609 $
993
219
99
713
1,108
(41 )
2,133
7,833 $
2,984 $
987
327
160
554
5,152
(597 )
2,015
11,582 $
3,112
875
235
130
411
315
—
2,016
7,094
Non-interest income decreased by $3.7 million to $7.8 million for 2011 compared with $11.6 million for 2010. This was primarily due to lower
gain on sales of investment securities of $4.0 million, or 78.5%, due to fewer sales. Our non-interest income was also lower due to decreased
service charges on deposit accounts of $375,000, or 12.6%, and decreased secondary market brokerage fees of $108,000, or 33.0%. Fewer
service charges on deposit account fees were the result of lower transaction volume. These decreases were partially offset by increased gains on
sales of loans originated for sale of $159,000, or 28.7%, and lower other-than-temporary impairment charges of $556,000, or 93.1%.
Non-interest income increased by $4.5 million to $11.6 million for 2010 compared with $7.1 million for 2009. This was primarily driven by
gains on sales of investment securities which increased from $315,000 in 2009 to $5.2 million in 2010 as we restructured our investment
portfolio by selling our private label mortgage-backed securities portfolio and to a lesser degree certain other mortgage-backed securities and
corporate bonds. Our non-interest income also increased due to increased income from fiduciary activities of $112,000, or 12.8%, secondary
market brokerage fees of $92,000, or 39.1%, and gains on sales of loans originated for sale of $143,000, or 34.8%. These increases were
partially offset by decreased service charges on deposit accounts of $128,000, or 4.1%. In addition, other-than-temporary impairment charges of
$597,000 related to certain debt and equity securities were recorded during 2010. No similar charge was incurred in 2009. Fewer service
charges on deposit account fees were the result of lower transaction volume.
Non-interest Expense – The following table presents the major categories of non-interest expense:
Salary and employee benefits
Occupancy and equipment
Goodwill impairment charge
Other real estate owned expense
FDIC insurance
Loan collection expense
State franchise tax
Professional fees
Communications
Borrowing prepayment fees
Postage and delivery
Office supplies
Advertising
Other
Total non-interest expense
2011
For the Years Ended
December 31,
2010
(in thousands)
2009
$
$
15,218 $
3,729
23,794
47,525
3,470
2,509
2,228
1,392
678
486
485
352
314
2,093
104,273 $
14,903 $
4,095
—
16,254
2,971
908
2,172
1,067
737
—
722
388
408
1,853
46,478 $
15,009
3,918
—
1,155
2,984
369
1,800
901
729
—
752
429
492
1,918
30,456
36
Non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2011, of $104.3 million represented a 124.3% increase from $46.5 million for the same
period last year. The increase in non-interest expense was primarily attributable to an increase in other real estate owned expense from increased
losses on sales of OREO, OREO write-downs to reflect declining market values and the impact of our sales strategy change in regard to certain
OREO properties, and OREO maintenance expenses. Expenses related to other real estate owned include:
Net loss on sales
Provision to allowance for sales strategy change
Provision to allowance for declining market values
Operating expense
Total
2011
2010
(in thousands)
8,889 $
25,613
9,261
3,762
47,525 $
565
—
14,062
1,627
16,254
$
$
In 2011, management determined, with the concurrence of the Board of Directors, that certain properties held in OREO were not likely to be
successfully disposed of in an acceptable time-frame using routine marketing efforts. It became apparent due to weakness in the economy and
softness in demand for housing that certain land development and residential condominium projects would require extended holding periods to
sell the properties at recent appraised values. Accordingly, in June of 2011, the Company sold, in a single transaction, 54 finished condominium
property units from condominium developments held in our OREO portfolio with a carrying value of approximately $11.0 million, for $5.2
million, resulting in a pre-tax loss of $5.8 million.
Although we were carrying our OREO at fair market value less estimated cost to sell, we subsequently adjusted our valuations for land
development and residential development properties held in OREO similar to the properties we sold in 2011. We recorded an allowance totaling
approximately $25.6 million to reflect our intent to market these properties more aggressively to retail and bulk buyers. Additionally, we
recorded approximately $9.3 million of fair value write-downs related to new appraisals received for properties in the portfolio during 2011.
Loan collection expense increased $1.6 million, or 176.3%, to $2.5 million in 2011 from $908,000 in 2010 due to settlements of certain legal
matters and increased volume of foreclosures. In June 2011, we settled this litigation for less than the $1,058,000 minimum amount of
compensatory and punitive damages awarded in a jury verdict against PBI Bank, which we recorded in the second quarter as loan collection
expense. We also recorded approximately $300,000 of loan collection expense in 2011 related to a Jefferson County, Kentucky court ruling to
uphold a contested mechanics lien on a property for which we took a deed in lieu of foreclosure.
FDIC insurance assessments increased $499,000, or 16.8%, to $3.5 million in 2011 from $3.0 million in 2010 as a result of our non-performing
asset levels. Salaries and employee benefits expense increased $315,000, or 2.1%, to $15.2 million in 2011 from $14.9 million in 2010 due to
merit raises and increases in staff primarily in the credit and problem asset workout areas. Professional fees increased $325,000, or 30.5%, to
$1.4 million in 2011 from $1.1 million in 2010 due to increased accounting and evaluation services related to goodwill impairment and deferred
tax assets, and increased staff recruitment services and management evaluation services. We incurred borrowing prepayment fees of $312,000 on
the retirement of a $10 million repurchase agreement prior to maturity and $174,000 on the prepayment of $5.5 million of FHLB advances prior
to maturity. We elected to redeem these higher cost borrowings in connection with our asset/liability planning and to lower our cost of funds in
future periods. No similar transactions occurred in 2010.
These increases were partially offset by a decrease in occupancy and equipment expense of $366,000, or 8.9%, due to reduced depreciation on
equipment expense, and decreased postage and delivery expense of $237,000, or 32.8%, due to our decision to replace certain third-party courier
services with in-house personnel.
Goodwill Impairment
The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment annually in the fourth quarter unless events or changes in circumstances indicate potential
impairment may have occurred between annual assessments. Goodwill was reviewed for impairment during the second quarter of 2011 because
the market price of our common stock on NASDAQ experienced a significant drop throughout the months of May and June 2011. We assessed
goodwill for impairment during the fourth quarter of 2010 with the assistance of an independent valuation professional by applying a series of
fair-value-based tests. At that time, our common stock was trading between $10 and $11 per share. While step 1 of last year’s evaluation
indicated potential impairment, the detailed step 2 test concluded that our goodwill was not impaired. Our stock trended downward during the
first quarter of 2011 to a low of $7.89 per share and continued downward throughout the months of May and June 2011. The stock closed on
June 30, 2011 at $4.98 per share and has traded at a market price less than book value per common share since the second quarter of 2010. Our
market value to book value ratios are noted below.
The ratio at June 30, 2011 is reflected on a pre-goodwill impairment charge basis.
37
Market Value to Book Value Ratio:
Book Value
Per Share
Market
Price Per
Share
Market to
Book
Ratio
12/31/2010 $
3/31/2011 $
6/30/2011 $
12.76 $
12.79 $
9.47 $
10.31
7.89
4.98
81 %
62 %
53 %
We evaluated the potential negative impact on the value of our common stock from being removed from the Russell 3000 Index during June
2011, the trend of lower earnings in 2011 compared to historical performance due to the continuing impact on earnings from loan loss
provisions, non-performing loans, and foreclosed properties, and recent regulatory agreements entered into by the company. Our goodwill
impairment testing completed during the fourth quarter of 2010 included, among other things, future projections of earnings at levels exceeding
actual results for 2011. The level of loan loss provisions and the cost of foreclosed properties continue to exceed our prior expectations as we
work through issues with our non-performing loan levels and other real estate owned portfolio.
We determined the fair value utilizing our market capitalization based upon recent common stock price levels. We also considered market
comparison transactions and control premiums for institutions of a similar size and performance. Based on this analysis, we determined that our
goodwill was impaired and recorded an impairment charge of $23.8 million in the quarter ended June 30, 2011. The impairment charge had no
impact on the Company’s liquidity, cash flows, or regulatory ratios.
Non-interest Expense Comparison – 2010 to 2009
Non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 of $46.5 million represented a 52.6% increase from $30.5 million from 2009. Other
real estate owned (OREO) expense increased $15.1 million, 1307.27%, to $16.3 million in 2010 from $1.2 million in 2009 due to write-downs of
OREO to reflect declining real estate values during the year, increased losses on sales of OREO, and increased OREO maintenance
costs. During 2010, we recorded fair value write-downs on our OREO portfolio totaling approximately $14.1 million to reflect lower appraised
values driven by declining real estate values in our markets during the year. Occupancy expense increased $177,000, or 4.5%, to $4.1 million in
2010 from $3.9 million in 2009 due to increased maintenance costs related to computer equipment, and increased equipment lease
expense. State franchise tax, which is based on the most recent five-year average capital balances, increased $372,000, or 20.7%, due to
increased Bank capital resulting from $21 million of capital contributions from its parent, PBI, during 2010, and growth from capital injections
and net earnings over the five-year averaging period. Professional fees increased $166,000, or 18.4%, to $1.1 million in 2010 from $901,000 in
2009 due to increased accounting, legal, and consulting services.
Non-interest expense increases were partially offset by a decrease in salary and benefits expense of $106,000, or 0.7%, due to decreased
incentive compensation expense and discretionary 401(k) match expense. These decreases were partially offset by increased medical insurance
costs from increased coverage rates.
Income Tax Expense – Income tax benefit was $218,000 for 2011 compared with $3.0 million for 2010. The 2011 income tax benefit was
significantly affected by the establishment of a 100% valuation allowance for our deferred tax asset of $31.7 million. Our statutory federal tax
rate was 35% in both 2011 and 2010. Our effective federal tax rate was 41.0% in 2010. The effective tax rate for 2011 is not meaningful due to
the reduction of income tax benefit as the result of the establishment of the deferred tax valuation allowance.
The valuation allowance for our deferred tax assets does not have any impact on our liquidity, nor does it preclude us from using the tax losses,
tax credits or other timing differences in the future. To the extent we generate taxable income in a given quarter, the valuation allowance may be
reduced to fully or partially offset the corresponding income tax expense. Any remaining deferred tax asset valuation allowance may be reversed
through income tax expense once we can demonstrate a sustainable return to profitability and conclude it is more likely than not the deferred tax
asset will be utilized.
See Note 14, “Income Taxes”, for additional discussion of our income taxes.
Income tax benefit was $3.0 million for 2010 compared with income tax expense of $5.4 million for 2009. Our statutory federal tax rate was
35% in both 2010 and 2009. Our effective federal tax rate increased to 41.0% in 2010 from 32.9% in 2009. We had a higher than statutory tax
rate for 2010 due to our pre-tax loss, adjusted for tax exempt income and other permanent tax adjustments.
38
Analysis of Financial Condition
Total assets at December 31, 2011 were $1.5 billion compared with $1.7 billion at December 31, 2010, a decrease of $268.5 million or
15.6%. This decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease of $166.6 million in loans. The decrease in loans was attributable to principal
reductions by customers outpacing loan originations and advances, as well as $44.6 million in loan charge-offs and the transfer of loan balances
totaling $41.9 million to OREO.
PBI Bank’s total risk-based capital was $118.8 million at December 31, 2011. PBI Bank’s consent order with its primary regulators required its
Board of Directors to adopt and implement a plan to reduce its construction and development loans to not more than 75% of total risk-based
capital. These loans totaled $101.5 million, or 85% of total risk-based capital, at December 31, 2011. It also required a plan to reduce non-owner
occupied commercial real estate loans, construction and development loans, and multifamily residential real estate loans as a group, to not more
than 250% of total risk based capital. These loans totaled $414.6 million, or 349% of total risk-based capital, at December 31, 2011.
While we have not yet reduced our balances in these categories to the percentages established in our plan, the largest decrease in loans was in
our construction loan portfolio, which declined from $199.5 million at December 31, 2010 to $101.5 million at December 31, 2011. Our non-
owner occupied commercial real estate loans declined from $293.3 million at December 31, 2010 to $252.7 million at December 31, 2011.
Total assets at December 31, 2010 were $1.7 billion compared with $1.8 billion at December 31, 2009, a decrease of $111.1 million or
6.1%. This decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease of $110.3 million in loans. The decrease in loans was attributable to $22.5 million
in loan charge-offs and the transfer of loan balances totaling $90.8 million to OREO.
Loans Receivable – Loans receivable decreased $166.6 million, or 12.8%, during the year ended December 31, 2011, to $1.1 billion. Our
commercial, commercial real estate, and real estate construction portfolios decreased by an aggregate of $129.7 million, or 15.9%, during 2011
and comprised 60.5% of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2011.
Loans receivable decreased $110.3 million, or 7.8%, to $1.30 billion at December 31, 2010, compared with $1.41 billion at December 31, 2009.
Our commercial, commercial real estate, and real estate construction portfolios decreased $112.8 million, or 12.1%, to $817.2 million at
December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2010, these loans comprised 62.7% of the total loan portfolio compared with 65.8% of the loan portfolio
at December 31, 2009.
Loan Portfolio Composition – The following table presents a summary of the loan portfolio at the dates indicated, net of deferred loan fees, by
type. There are no foreign loans in our portfolio and other than the categories noted, there is no concentration of loans in any industry exceeding
10% of total loans.
Commercial
Commercial Real Estate:
Construction
Farmland
Other
Residential Real Estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
Total loans
As of December 31,
2011
2010
Amount
Percent
Amount
Percent
(dollars in thousands)
$
71,216
6.27 % $
90,290
6.93 %
101,471
90,958
423,844
60,410
337,350
26,011
23,770
993
1,136,023
8.93
8.01
37.31
199,524
85,523
441,844
5.31
29.70
2.29
2.09
0.09
100.00 % $
74,919
353,418
31,913
24,177
1,060
1,302,668
15.32
6.56
33.92
5.75
27.13
2.45
1.86
0.08
100.00 %
$
39
2009
Amount
Percent
As of December 31,
2008
Amount
Percent
(dollars in thousands)
2007
Amount
Percent
$
89,903
6.36 % $
90,978
6.74 % $
108,619
8.92 %
304,230
83,898
451,945
65,043
354,358
36,989
25,064
1,488
1,412,918
$
21.53
5.94
31.99
371,301
77,504
377,130
27.50
5.74
27.94
318,462
69,831
352,574
4.60
25.08
2.62
1.77
0.11
100.00 % $
56,350
319,734
37,783
16,181
3,145
1,350,106
4.17
23.68
2.80
1.20
0.23
100.00 % $
45,207
268,878
38,061
14,855
1,211
1,217,698
26.15
5.74
28.95
3.71
22.08
3.13
1.22
0.10
100.00 %
Commercial
Commercial Real Estate:
Construction
Farmland
Other
Residential Real Estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
Total loans
Our lending activities are subject to a variety of lending limits imposed by state and federal law. PBI Bank’s secured legal lending limit to a
single borrower was approximately $30.1 million at December 31, 2011.
At December 31, 2011, we had thirteen loan relationships each with aggregate extensions of credit in excess of $10 million. In 2010 we had
fifteen relationships of this size. Four of the thirteen relationships include loans that have been classified as substandard by the Bank’s internal
loan review process. For further discussion of classified loans refer to the asset quality discussion in our “Allowance for Loan Losses” section.
Our real estate construction portfolio declined approximately $98.1 million from 2010 to 2011 as the result of construction projects being
completed and sold to end users or refinanced under permanent financing arrangements, and also loans in this category being transferred to
OREO through the normal progression of collection, workout, and ultimate disposition. We continue to actively work to reduce the size of our
real estate construction portfolio.
As of December 31, 2011, we had $16.4 million of participations in real estate loans purchased from, and $82.7 million of participations in real
estate loans sold to, other banks. As of December 31, 2010, we had $14.4 million of participations in real estate loans purchased from, and $92.3
million of participations in real estate loans sold to, other banks.
Our loan participation totals include participations in real estate loans purchased from and sold to two affiliate banks, The Peoples Bank, Mt.
Washington and The Peoples Bank, Taylorsville. Our chairman, J. Chester Porter and his brother, William G. Porter, each own a 50% interest in
Lake Valley Bancorp, Inc., the parent holding company of The Peoples Bank, Taylorsville, Kentucky. J. Chester Porter, William G. Porter and
our president and chief executive officer, Maria L. Bouvette, serve as directors of The Peoples Bank, Taylorsville. Our chairman owns an
interest of approximately 36.0% and his brother owns an interest of approximately 3.0% in Crossroads Bancorp, Inc., the parent holding
company of The Peoples Bank, Mount Washington, Kentucky. J. Chester Porter and Maria L. Bouvette, serve as directors of The Peoples Bank,
Mount Washington. We have entered into management services agreements with each of these banks. Each agreement provides that our
executives and employees provide management and accounting services to the subject bank, including overall responsibility for establishing and
implementing policy and strategic planning. These entities are not consolidated in the financial statements of the Company. Maria Bouvette also
serves as chief financial officer of each of the banks. We receive a $4,000 monthly fee from The Peoples Bank, Taylorsville and a $2,000
monthly fee from The Peoples Bank, Mount Washington for these services.
As of December 31, 2011, we had $4.1 million of participations in real estate loans purchased from, and $13.2 million of participations in real
estate loans sold, to these affiliate banks. As of December 31, 2010, we had $4.3 million of participations in real estate loans purchased from,
and $19.7 million of participations in real estate loans sold to, these affiliate banks. At December 31, 2011, $1.8 million and $1.8 million of loan
participations sold to Peoples Bank, Taylorsville, and Peoples Bank, Mt. Washington, respectively, were on non-accrual.
We have analyzed our relationship with these affiliates and determined that we do not have the power to direct the activities of the affiliates that
significantly impact their economic performance nor do we govern their absorption of losses or use of their economic resources. As such, these
entities are not consolidated in our financial statements.
40
Loan Maturity Schedule – The following table sets forth information at December 31, 2011, regarding the dollar amount of loans, net of
deferred loan fees, maturing in the loan portfolio based on their contractual terms to maturity:
Loans with fixed rates:
Commercial
Commercial Real Estate:
Construction
Farmland
Other
Residential Real Estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
Total fixed rate loans
Loans with floating rates:
Commercial
Commercial Real Estate:
Construction
Farmland
Other
Residential Real Estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
Maturing
Within
One Year
As of December 31, 2011
Maturing
Maturing
Over 5
1 through
5 Years
Years
(dollars in thousands)
Total
Loans
$
13,296 $
21,430 $
777 $
35,503
23,066
12,620
95,585
21,103
35,240
161,893
2,504
4,627
31,267
16,787
72,163
5,595
4,195
423
243,730 $
30,431
105,476
16,089
2,211
—
393,873 $
4,462
84,306
2,235
10
1
130,189 $
$
46,673
52,487
288,745
51,680
261,945
23,919
6,416
424
767,792
$
20,121 $
9,462 $
6,130 $
35,713
26,528
9,689
39,303
25,176
4,934
60,186
3,094
23,848
35,610
978
16,828
1,147
14,508
—
129,102 $
1,679
22,316
623
2,080
539
126,995 $
6,073
36,261
322
766
30
112,134 $
54,798
38,471
135,099
8,730
75,405
2,092
17,354
569
368,231
Total floating rate loans
$
Non-Performing Assets – Non-performing assets consist of certain restructured loans for which interest rate or other terms have been
renegotiated, loans past due 90 days or more still on accrual, loans on which interest is no longer accrued, real estate acquired through
foreclosure and repossessed assets. Loans, including impaired loans, are placed on non-accrual status when they become past due 90 days or
more as to principal or interest, unless they are adequately secured and in the process of collection. Loans are considered impaired if full
principal or interest payments are not anticipated in accordance with the contractual loan terms. Impaired loans are carried at the present value of
expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or at the fair value of the collateral less cost to sell if the loan is
collateral dependent. Loans are reviewed on a regular basis and normal collection procedures are implemented when a borrower fails to make a
required payment on a loan. If the delinquency on a mortgage loan exceeds 90 days and is not cured through normal collection procedures or an
acceptable arrangement is not worked out with the borrower, we institute measures to remedy the default, including commencing a foreclosure
action. Consumer loans generally are charged off when a loan is deemed uncollectible by management and any available collateral has been
disposed. Commercial business and real estate loan delinquencies are handled on an individual basis by management with the advice of legal
counsel.
Interest income on loans is recognized on the accrual basis except for those loans placed on non-accrual status. The accrual of interest on
impaired loans is discontinued when management believes, after consideration of economic and business conditions and collection efforts, that
the borrowers’ financial condition is such that collection of interest is doubtful, which typically occurs after the loan becomes 90 days
delinquent. When interest accrual is discontinued, existing accrued interest is reversed and interest income is subsequently recognized only to the
extent cash payments are received.
Real estate acquired as a result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure is classified as real estate owned until such time as it is sold. New
and used automobiles and other motor vehicles acquired as a result of foreclosure are classified as repossessed assets until they are sold. When
such property is acquired it is recorded at its fair market value less cost to sell. Any write-down of the property at the time of acquisition is
charged to the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent gains and losses are included in non-interest expense.
41
The following table sets forth information with respect to non-performing assets as of the dates indicated:
Past due 90 days or more still on accrual
Loans on non-accrual status
Total non-performing loans
Real estate acquired through foreclosure
Other repossessed assets
Total non-performing assets
Non-performing loans to total loans
Non-performing assets to total assets
Allowance for non-performing loans
Allowance for non-performing loans to non-performing
loans
$
$
$
2011
2010
As of December 31,
2009
(dollars in thousands)
$
1,350 $
92,020
93,370
41,449
5
134,824 $
594 $
59,799
60,393
67,635
52
128,080 $
5,968
78,888
84,856
14,548
80
99,484
$
2008
2007
11,598 $
9,725
21,323
7,839
96
29,258 $
2,145
10,524
12,669
4,309
30
17,008
8.22 %
9.26 %
11,382 $
4.63 %
7.43 %
7,977 $
6.00 %
5.42 %
$
7,266
1.58 %
1.78 %
2,363 $
1.04 %
1.17 %
1,443
12.2 %
13.2 %
8.6 %
11.1 %
11.4 %
Interest income that would have been earned on non-performing loans was $4.0 million, $2.7 million, and $1.0 million for the years ended
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Interest income recognized on accruing non-performing loans was $611,000, $222,000, and
$225,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.
Loans more than 90 days past due increased $756,000, and non-accrual loans increased $32.2 million, respectively, from December 31, 2010 to
December 31, 2011. The $93.4 million in nonperforming loans at December 31, 2011, and $60.4 million at December 31, 2010, were primarily
construction, land development, other land, commercial real estate, and residential real estate loans. The protracted slowdown in housing unit
sales and loss of tenants or inability to lease vacant office and retail space has placed inordinate stress on these customers and their ability to
repay according to the contractual terms of the loans. As such, we have placed these credits on non-accrual and have begun the appropriate
collection actions to resolve them. Management believes it has established adequate loan loss reserves for these credits.
Loans past due 30-59 days decreased from $21.0 million at December 31, 2010 to $17.3 million at December 31, 2011. Loans past due 60-89
days decreased from $6.1 million at December 31, 2010 to $3.9 million at December 31, 2011. This represents a $5.8 million decrease from
December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011, in loans past due 30-89 days. These decreases were primarily in the commercial real estate,
residential real estate, and consumer segments of the portfolio. We considered this trend in delinquency levels during the evaluation of
qualitative trends in the portfolio when establishing the general component of our allowance for loan losses.
Troubled Debt Restructuring – A troubled debt restructuring (TDR) is where the Company has agreed to a loan modification in the form of a
concession for a borrower who is experiencing financial difficulty. The majority of the Company’s TDRs involve a reduction in interest rate, a
deferral of principal for a stated period of time, or an interest only period. All TDRs are considered impaired, and the Company has allocated
reserves for these loans to reflect the present value of the concessionary terms granted to the customer.
We do not have a formal loan modification program. Rather, we work with individual customers on a case-by-case basis to facilitate the orderly
collection of our principal and interest before a loan becomes a non-performing loan. If a customer is unable to make contractual payments, we
review the particular circumstances of that customer’s situation and negotiate a revised payment stream. In other words, we identify performing
customers experiencing financial difficulties, and through negotiations, we lower their interest rate, most typically on a short-term basis for three
to six months. Our goal when restructuring a credit is to afford the customer a reasonable period of time to remedy the issue causing cash flow
constraints within their business so that they can return to performing status over time.
Our loan modifications have taken the form of reduction in interest rate and/or curtailment of scheduled principal payments for a short-term
period, usually three to six months, but in some cases until maturity of the loan. In some circumstances we restructure real estate secured loans in
a bifurcated fashion whereby we have a fully amortizing “A” loan at a market interest rate and an interest-only “B” loan at a reduced interest
rate. Our restructured loans are all collateral secured loans. If a customer fails to perform under the modified terms, we place the loan(s) on non-
accrual status and begin the process of working with the customer to liquidate the underlying collateral to satisfy the debt.
42
At December 31, 2011, we had 114 restructured loans totaling $113.7 million with borrowers who experienced deterioration in financial
condition compared with 44 loans totaling $25.5 million at December 31, 2010. In general, these loans were granted interest rate reductions to
provide cash flow relief to customers experiencing cash flow difficulties. Of these loans, 4 loans totaling approximately $7.0 million were also
granted principal payment deferrals until maturity. There were no concessions made to forgive principal relative to these loans, although we have
recorded partial charge-offs for certain restructured loans. In general, these loans are secured by first liens on 1-4 residential or commercial real
estate properties, or farmland. Restructured loans also included $2.1 million of commercial loans.
In accordance with current guidance, we continue to report restructured loans as restructured until such time as the loan is paid in full, otherwise
settled, sold, or charged-off. If the customer fails to perform, we place the loan on non-accrual status and seek to liquidate the underlying
collateral for these loans. Our non-accrual policy for restructured loans is identical to our non-accrual policy for all loans. Our policy calls for a
loan to be reported as non-accrual if it is maintained on a cash basis because of deterioration in the financial condition of the borrower, payment
in full of principal and interest is not expected, or principal or interest has been in default for a period of 90 days or more unless the assets are
both well secured and in the process of collection. Changes in value for impairment, including the amount attributed to the passage of time, are
recorded entirely within the provision for loan losses.
We consider any loan that is restructured for a borrower experiencing financial difficulties due to a borrower’s potential inability to pay in
accordance with contractual terms of the loan to be a troubled debt restructure. Specifically, we consider a concession involving a modification
of the loan terms, such as (i) a reduction of the stated interest rate, (ii) reduction or deferral of principal, or (iii) reduction or deferral of accrued
interest at a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk all to be troubled debt restructurings. When a
modification of terms is made for a competitive reason, we do not consider that to be a troubled debt restructuring. A primary example of a
competitive modification would be an interest rate reduction for a performing customer’s loan to a market rate as the result of a market decline in
rates.
See Footnote 4, “Loans”, to the financial statements for additional disclosure related to troubled debt restructuring.
Foreclosed Properties – Foreclosed properties at December 31, 2011 were $41.4 million compared with $67.6 million at December 31,
2010. See Footnote 6, “Other Real Estate Owned”, to the financial statements. During 2011, we acquired $41.9 million of OREO properties,
completed improvements to single family residential units of approximately $1.7 million, and sold properties totaling approximately $34.9
million. We value foreclosed properties at fair value less estimated costs to sell when acquired and expect to liquidate these properties to recover
our investment in the due course of business.
Other real estate owned (OREO) is recorded at fair market value less estimated cost to sell at time of acquisition. Any write-down of the
property at the time of acquisition is charged to the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent reductions in fair value are recorded as non-interest
expense. To determine the fair value of OREO for smaller dollar single family homes, we consult with internal real estate sales staff and
external realtors, investors, and appraisers. If the internally evaluated market price is below our underlying investment in the property,
appropriate write-downs are recorded.
For larger dollar commercial real estate properties, we obtain a new appraisal of the subject property in connection with the transfer to other real
estate owned. In some of these circumstances, an appraisal is in process at quarter end and we must make our best estimate of the fair value of
the underlying collateral based on our internal evaluation of the property, review of the most recent appraisal, and discussions with the currently
engaged appraiser. We obtain updated appraisals on the anniversary date of ownership unless a sale is imminent.
43
The following table presents the major categories of OREO at the year-ends indicated:
Commercial Real Estate:
Construction
Farmland
Other
Residential Real Estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Net activity relating to other real estate owned during the years indicated is as follows:
OREO Activity
OREO as of January 1
Real estate acquired
Valuation adjustments for sales strategy change
Valuation adjustments for declining market values
Improvements
Loss on sale
Proceeds from sale of properties
OREO as of December 31
2011
2010
(in thousands)
31,280 $
715
6,364
—
3,090
41,449 $
50,491
1,904
6,504
823
7,913
67,635
2011
2010
(in thousands)
67,635 $
41,917
(25,613 )
(9,261 )
1,650
(8,889 )
(25,990 )
41,449 $
14,548
90,787
—
(14,062 )
1,947
(565 )
(25,020 )
67,635
$
$
$
$
In 2011, we explored opportunities to bulk sell OREO in addition to our historical strategy of selling properties on an individual basis to retail
buyers. The costs associated with ownership and maintenance of foreclosed properties can be significant. With concurrence of the Board of
Directors, we determined that certain residential land and condominium development properties held in other real estate were not likely to be
successfully disposed of in an acceptable time-frame using routine marketing efforts. It became apparent due to weakness in the economy and
softness in demand that these properties were going to require extended holding periods to sell the properties at recent appraised values.
Given our change in strategy to reduce non-performing assets in an accelerated manner, management adjusted downward the valuations for
certain residential land and condominium development properties in our OREO portfolio to reflect the likely net realizable value achievable by
aggressively marketing these properties through bulk sale opportunities.
Accordingly, during June 2011, we sold, in a single transaction, 54 finished condominium property units from our OREO portfolio, with a
carrying value of approximately $11.0 million for $5.2 million, resulting in a pre-tax loss of $5.8 million.
Although we were carrying our OREO at fair market value less estimated cost to sell, we subsequently adjusted our valuations for land
development and residential development properties held in OREO similar to the properties we sold in 2011. We recorded an allowance totaling
approximately $25.6 million to reflect our intent to market these properties more aggressively to retail and bulk buyers. Additionally, we
recorded approximately $9.3 million of fair value write-downs related to new appraisals received for properties in the portfolio during 2011. We
were also successful in selling OREO totaling $34.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2011.
Allowance for Loan Losses – The allowance for loan losses is based on management’s continuing review and evaluation of individual loans,
loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various categories of loans and such other factors that, in management’s
judgment, require current recognition in estimating loan losses.
44
The following table sets forth an analysis of loan loss experience as of and for the periods indicated:
Balances at beginning of period
$
34,285 $
26,392 $
2011
2010
As of December 31,
2009
(dollars in thousands)
19,652 $
2008
2007
16,342 $
12,832
Loans charged-off:
Real estate
Commercial
Consumer
Agriculture
Total charge-offs
Recoveries:
Real estate
Commercial
Consumer
Agriculture
Total recoveries
Net charge-offs
Provision for loan losses
Balance acquired in bank acquisition
Balance at end of period
38,538
4,197
1,070
841
44,646
184
69
87
—
340
44,306
62,600
—
52,579 $
19,261
2,675
496
29
22,461
114
28
104
8
254
22,207
30,100
—
34,285 $
6,519
301
875
36
7,731
133
55
76
7
271
7,460
14,200
—
26,392 $
2,711
347
749
27
3,834
145
85
85
8
323
3,511
5,400
1,421
19,652 $
1,777
299
267
31
2,374
84
54
88
8
234
2,140
4,025
1,625
16,342
$
Allowance for loan losses to period-end loans
Net charge-offs to average loans
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans
4.63 %
3.56 %
56.31 %
2.63 %
1.64 %
56.77 %
1.87 %
0.54 %
31.10 %
1.46 %
0.27 %
92.16 %
1.34 %
0.21 %
128.99 %
Our allowance for loan losses is a reserve established through charges to earnings in the form of a provision for loan losses. The allowance for
loan losses is comprised of specific reserves and general reserves. Generally, all loans that have been identified as impaired are reviewed on a
quarterly basis in order to determine whether a specific allowance is required. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information,
it is probable that we will not receive all amounts due in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Once a loan has been
identified as impaired, management measures impairment in accordance with ASC 310.10, “Impairment of a Loan” . When management’s
measured value of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, the amount of the impairment is recorded as a specific
reserve. These specific reserves are determined on an individual loan basis based on management’s current evaluation of our loss exposure for
each credit given the payment status, financial condition of the borrower and value of any underlying collateral. Loans for which specific
reserves have been provided are excluded from the general reserve calculations described below. Changes in specific reserves from period to
period are the result of changes in the circumstances of individual loans such as charge-offs, pay-offs, changes in collateral values or other
factors.
The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of the amount necessary to provide for known and inherent losses in the loan
portfolio in the normal course of business. Due to the uncertainty of risks in the loan portfolio, management’s judgment of the amount of the
allowance necessary to absorb loan losses is approximate. The allowance for loan losses is also subject to regulatory examinations and may be
adjusted in response to a determination by the regulatory agencies as to its adequacy in comparison with peer institutions.
We make specific allowances for each impaired loan based on its type and classification as discussed above. At year-end 2011, our allowance
for loan losses to total non-performing loans decreased to 56.3% from 56.8% at year-end 2010. We have assessed these loans for collectability
and considered, among other things, the borrower’s ability to repay, the value of the underlying collateral, and other market conditions to ensure
that the allowance for loan losses is adequate to absorb probable incurred losses. We also maintain a general reserve for each loan type in the
loan portfolio. In determining the amount of the general reserve portion of our allowance for loan losses, management considers factors such as
our historical loan loss experience, the growth, composition and diversification of our loan portfolio, current delinquency levels, the results of
recent regulatory examinations and general economic conditions. Based on these factors, we apply estimated percentages to the various
categories of loans, not including any loan that has a specific allowance allocated to it, based on our historical experience, portfolio trends and
economic and industry trends. This information is used by management to set the general reserve portion of the allowance for loan losses at a
level it deems prudent.
45
Our portfolio is comprised primarily of loans secured by real estate. A decline in the value of the real estate serving as collateral for our loans
may impact our ability to collect those loans. In general, we obtain updated appraisals on property securing our loans when circumstances are
warranted such as at the time of renewal or when market conditions have significantly changed. We use qualified licensed appraisers approved
by our Board of Directors. These appraisers possess prerequisite certifications and knowledge of the local and regional marketplace.
Based on an evaluation of the loan portfolio, management presents a quarterly review of the allowance for loan losses to our Board of Directors,
indicating any change in the allowance for loan losses since the last review and any recommendations as to adjustments in the allowance for loan
losses.
This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available
or as events change. We increased the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of loans outstanding to 4.63% at December 31, 2011 from
2.63% at December 31, 2010. The level of the allowance is based on estimates and the ultimate losses may vary from these estimates.
We follow a loan grading program designed to evaluate the credit risk in our loan portfolio. Through this loan grading process, we maintain an
internally classified watch list which helps management assess the overall quality of the loan portfolio and the adequacy of the allowance for
loan losses. Loans categorized as watch list loans show warning elements where the present status exhibits one or more deficiencies that require
attention in the short-term or where pertinent ratios of the loan account have weakened to a point where more frequent monitoring is warranted.
These loans do not have all of the characteristics of a classified loan (substandard or doubtful) but do show weakened elements as compared with
those of a satisfactory credit. We review these loans to assist in assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.
In establishing the appropriate classification for specific assets, management considers, among other factors, the estimated value of the
underlying collateral, the borrower’s ability to repay, the borrower’s repayment history and the current delinquent status. As a result of this
process, loans are categorized as special mention, substandard or doubtful.
Loans classified as “special mention” do not have all of the characteristics of substandard or doubtful loans. They have one or more deficiencies
which warrant special attention and which corrective action, such as accelerated collection practices, may remedy.
Loans classified as “substandard” are those loans with clear and defined weaknesses such as a highly leveraged position, unfavorable financial
ratios, uncertain repayment sources or poor financial condition which may jeopardize the repayment of the debt as contractually agreed. They are
characterized by the distinct possibility that we will sustain some losses if the deficiencies are not corrected.
Loans classified as “doubtful” are those loans which have characteristics similar to substandard loans but with an increased risk that collection or
liquidation in full is highly questionable and improbable.
During 2011, our internal process for assigning loan grades did not always establish an accurate grade for credit risk. Our internal control
processes surrounding loan grades, which consist of a combination of internal and external loan review activities, identified and corrected grades
for the majority of loans that were not initially graded correctly. However, such loan review did not sufficiently cover all loans subject to
potential grading error throughout the year. In preparing our annual report on Form 10-K, we identified the extent to which our loan review
controls did not operate and expanded the scope to cover the remainder of the portfolio and adjusted our allowance for loan losses to take the
additional findings into consideration.
Once a loan is deemed impaired or uncollectible as contractually agreed, the loan is charged-off either partially or in-full against the allowance
for loan losses, based upon the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or the fair value of collateral less
estimated cost to sell with respect to collateral-based loans.
As of December 31, 2011, we had $229.6 million of loans classified as substandard, $391,000 classified as doubtful, $48.9 million classified as
special mention and none classified as loss. This compares with $168.7 million of loans classified as substandard, $18,000 classified as doubtful,
$19.0 million classified as special mention and none classified as loss as of December 31, 2010. The $61.0 million increase in loans classified as
substandard is primarily attributable to the migration of classified loans through the collection process. As of December 31, 2011, we had
allocations of $30.2 million in the allowance for loan losses related to these classified loans. This compares to allocations of $16.9 million in the
allowance for loan losses related to classified loans at December 31, 2010.
46
We recorded a provision for loan losses of $62.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared with $30.1 million for 2010 and $14.2
million for 2009. The total allowance for loan losses was $52.6 million or 4.63% of total loans at December 31, 2011, compared with $34.3
million or 2.63% of total loans at December 31, 2010, and $26.4 million or 1.87% of total loans at December 31, 2009. The increased allowance
is consistent with the increase in our classified loans of $104.2 million from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011, increased loan charge-
offs, and trends within the portfolio, in particular the protracted slowdown in housing unit sales and continued weakness in demand for
residential land in our markets. Net charge-offs were $44.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared with $22.2 million for
2010 and $7.5 million for 2009. Charge-offs for 2011 were concentrated in the loans secured by real estate category of the portfolio. In fact, net
charge-offs for loans secured by real estate increased from $19.1 million in 2010 to $38.4 million in 2011. This represents 87% of our net
charge-offs for 2011. These net charge-offs consisted of $14.7 million of commercial real estate loans, $13.3 million of residential real estate
loans, and $9.8 million of construction and land development loans. The continued weakness in the real estate sector of the market continued to
exert downward pressure on the value of real estate securing our loans. We continue to closely monitor real estate values for property that
secures our loans to ensure our allowance is adequate.
The following table depicts management’s allocation of the allowance for loan losses by loan type. Allowance funding and allocation is based on
management’s current evaluation of risk in each category, economic conditions, past loss experience, loan volume, past due history and other
factors. Since these factors and management’s assumptions are subject to change, the allocation is not necessarily predictive of future portfolio
performance. The allocation is made by analytical purposes and is not necessarily indicative of the categories in which future losses may occur.
The total allowance is available to absorb losses from any segment of loans.
As of December 31,
2011
2010
Amount of
Allowance
Percent of
Loans to
Total
Loans
(dollars in thousands)
Amount of
Allowance
Percent of
Loans to
Total
Loans
$
4,207
6.27 % $
2,147
6.93 %
13,920
2,023
17,081
1,797
12,420
792
325
14
52,579
8.93
8.01
37.31
5.31
29.70
2.29
2.09
0.09
100.00 % $
11,164
702
12,209
517
6,707
701
134
4
34,285
15.32
6.56
33.92
5.75
27.13
2.45
1.86
0.08
100.00 %
$
2009
Amount of
Allowance
Percent of
Loans to
Total
Loans
As of December 31,
2008
Amount of
Allowance
Percent of
Loans to
Total
Loans
(dollars in thousands)
2007
Amount of
Allowance
Percent of
Loans to
Total
Loans
$
2,040
6.36 % $
1,623
6.74 % $
1,655
8.92 %
8,215
643
9,266
578
4,662
538
163
5
282
26,392
$
21.53
5.94
31.99
4.60
25.08
2.62
1.77
0.11
—
100.00 % $
47
5,907
882
6,770
590
2,271
603
238
26
742
19,652
27.50
5.74
27.94
4.17
23.68
2.80
1.20
0.23
—
100.00 % $
3,654
903
6,606
629
1,580
574
192
6
543
16,342
26.15
5.74
28.95
3.71
22.08
3.13
1.22
0.10
—
100.00 %
Commercial
Commercial Real Estate:
Construction
Farmland
Other
Residential Real Estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
Total
Commercial
Commercial Real Estate:
Construction
Farmland
Other
Residential Real Estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
Unallocated
Total
Investment Securities – The securities portfolio serves as a source of liquidity and earnings and contributes to the management of interest rate
risk. We have the authority to invest in various types of liquid assets, including short-term United States Treasury obligations and securities of
various federal agencies, obligations of states and political subdivisions, corporate bonds, certificates of deposit at insured savings and loans and
banks, bankers’ acceptances and federal funds. We may also invest a portion of our assets in certain commercial paper and corporate debt
securities. We are also authorized to invest in mutual funds and stocks whose assets conform to the investments that we are authorized to make
directly. The investment portfolio increased by $52.5 million, or 49.4%, to $158.9 million at December 31, 2011, compared with $106.3 million
at December 31, 2010.
The following table sets forth the carrying value of our securities portfolio at the dates indicated. There were no securities classified as held-to-
maturity at either period end.
December 31, 2011
Gross
Gross
Unrealized
Unrealized
Gains
Losses
Amortized
Cost
Fair
Value
(dollars in thousands)
Amortized
Cost
December 31, 2010
Gross
Gross
Unrealized
Unrealized
Gains
Losses
Fair
Value
Securities available-for-sale
U.S. Treasury and
agencies
$
10,494 $
1,149 $
— $
11,643 $
5,973 $
37 $
— $
6,010
Agency mortgage-backed:
residential
State and municipal
Corporate
Other debt
Equity
Total
97,286
35,456
7,259
572
1,359
$ 152,426 $
2,211
2,610
315
34
356
6,675 $
(22 )
(4 )
(242 )
—
—
60,270
99,475
26,039
38,062
8,744
7,332
572
606
1,400
1,715
(268 ) $ 158,833 $ 102,998 $
1,590
995
507
—
254
3,383 $
(5 )
(32 )
(32 )
—
(3 )
61,855
27,002
9,219
572
1,651
(72 ) $ 106,309
The following table sets forth the contractual maturities, fair values and weighted-average yields for our securities held at December 31, 2011:
After Five Years
But Within
Ten Years
Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield
After One Year
But Within
Five Years
Due Within
One Year
After Ten Years
Total
U.S. Treasury and agencies $ — —% $ 3,690
588
Agency mortgage-backed
4.94
6.16 8,141
State and municipal
— — 1,335
Corporate bonds
Other debt
— —
Total
5.92 % $ 13,754
121
500
621
$
— —
2.68 % $ — —% $ 7,953
5.39 95,688
4.34 3,078
5.48 14,125
5.58 15,296
5.66
8.13 5,997
— —
3.41 % $ 11,643
2.93 99,475
5.49 38,062
7,332
— —
8.00
606
606
3.28 % $ 157,118
5.52 % $ 118,372
1,715
$ 158,833
4.97 % $ 24,371
3.17 %
3.01
5.51
6.05
8.00
3.78 %
Equity
Total
Average yields in the table above were calculated on a tax equivalent basis using a federal income tax rate of 35%. Mortgage-backed securities are securities that
have been developed by pooling a number of real estate mortgages. These securities are issued by federal agencies such as Government National Mortgage
Association (“Ginnie Mae”), Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, as well as non-agency company issuers. These securities are deemed to have high credit ratings, and
minimum regular monthly cash flows of principal and interest. Cash flows from agency backed mortgage-backed securities are guaranteed by the issuing
agencies.
48
Unlike U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agency securities, which have a lump sum payment at maturity, mortgage-backed securities provide
cash flows from regular principal and interest payments and principal prepayments throughout the lives of the securities. Mortgage-backed
securities that are purchased at a premium will generally suffer decreasing net yields as interest rates drop because home owners tend to
refinance their mortgages. Thus, the premium paid must be amortized over a shorter period. Therefore, those securities purchased at a discount
will obtain higher net yields in a decreasing interest rate environment. As interest rates rise, the opposite will generally be true. During a period
of increasing interest rates, fixed rate mortgage-backed securities do not tend to experience heavy prepayments of principal and consequently,
the average life of this security will not be shortened. If interest rates begin to fall, prepayments will increase. Non-agency issuer mortgage-
backed securities do not carry a government guarantee. We limit our purchases of these securities to bank qualified issues with high credit
ratings. We regularly monitor the performance and credit ratings of these securities and evaluate these securities, as we do all of our securities,
for other-than-temporary impairment on a quarterly basis. At December 31, 2011, 96.3% of the agency mortgage-backed securities we held had
contractual final maturities of more than ten years with a weighted average life of 20.2 years.
In December 2011, based upon relevant market information, we determined that our basis in twelve equity securities with an unrealized loss
position for more the 12 months was not recoverable in the near term. Therefore, during 2011, we recorded an other-than-temporary impairment
charge totaling $41,000 for these securities which had an adjusted cost basis of $206,000.
The Company held 40 equity securities at December 31, 2011. Management monitors the underlying financial condition of the issuers and
current market pricing for these equity securities monthly. At December 31, 2011, we had no equity securities in our portfolio with unrealized
losses.
As of December 31, 2011, management does not believe any of the debt securities in our portfolio with unrealized losses should be classified as
other-than-temporarily impaired.
Deposits – We attract both short-term and long-term deposits from the general public by offering a wide range of deposit accounts and interest
rates. In recent years, we have been required by market conditions to rely increasingly on short to mid-term certificate accounts and other deposit
alternatives, including brokered and wholesale deposits, which are more responsive to market interest rates. We use forecasts based on interest
rate risk simulations to assist management in monitoring our use of certificates of deposit and other deposit products as funding sources and the
impact of their use on interest income and net interest margin in various rate environments.
We primarily rely on our banking office network to attract and retain deposits in our local markets and leverage our online Ascencia division to
attract out-of-market deposits. Market interest rates and rates on deposit products offered by competing financial institutions can significantly
affect our ability to attract and retain deposits. During 2011, total deposits decreased $143.9 million compared with 2010. During 2010, total
deposits decreased $62.4 million compared with 2009. The decrease in deposits for 2011 and 2010 was primarily in certificates of deposit
balances and money market accounts.
To evaluate our funding needs in light of deposit trends resulting from continually changing conditions, management and board committees
evaluate simulated performance reports that forecast changes in margins along with other pertinent economic data. We continue to offer
attractively priced deposit products along our product line to allow us to retain deposit customers and reduce interest rate risk during various
rising and falling interest rate cycles.
We offer savings accounts, NOW accounts, money market accounts and fixed rate certificates with varying maturities. The flow of deposits is
influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in interest rates and competition. Our management adjusts interest rates,
maturity terms, service fees and withdrawal penalties on our deposit products periodically. The variety of deposit products allows us to compete
more effectively in obtaining funds and to respond with more flexibility to the flow of funds away from depository institutions into outside
investment alternatives. However, our ability to attract and maintain deposits and the costs of these funds has been, and will continue to be,
significantly affected by market conditions.
The following table sets forth the average daily balances and weighted average rates paid for our deposits for the periods indicated:
2011
Average
Balance
Average
Rate
For the Years Ended December 31,
2010
Average
Average
Balance
Rate
(dollars in thousands)
2009
Average
Balance
Average
Rate
Demand
Interest Checking
Money Market
Savings
Certificates of Deposit
Total Deposits
Weighted Average Rate
$
$
106,769
89,103
81,925
36,511
1,120,154
1,434,462
102,383
83,111
81,430
35,393
1,156,724
1,459,041
$
0.85 %
1.24
0.74
2.02
$
1.74 %
99,167
75,602
86,619
34,386
1,089,798
1,385,572
0.84 %
1.53
0.90
3.01
2.53 %
$
0.74 %
0.96
0.62
1.65
$
1.40 %
49
The following table sets forth the average daily balances and weighted average rates paid for our certificates of deposit for the periods indicated:
2011
Average
Balance
Average
Rate
For the Years Ended December 31,
2010
Average
Average
Balance
Rate
(dollars in thousands)
2009
Average
Balance
Average
Rate
$
$
569,667
550,487
1,120,154
1.59 % $
1.71
1.65 % $
579,978
576,746
1,156,724
2.00 % $
2.05
2.02 % $
611,011
478,787
1,089,798
3.03 %
2.98
3.01 %
Certificates of Deposit
Less than $100,000
$100,000 or more
Total
The following table shows at December 31, 2011 the amount of our time deposits of $100,000 or more by time remaining until maturity:
Maturity Period
Three months or less
Three months through six months
Six months through twelve months
Over twelve months
Total
Amount
(dollars in thousands)
77,118
$
65,359
167,811
183,056
493,344
$
We strive to maintain competitive pricing on our deposit products which we believe allows us to retain a substantial percentage of our customers
when their time deposits mature.
Borrowing – Deposits are the primary source of funds for our lending and investment activities and for our general business purposes. We can
also use advances (borrowings) from the FHLB of Cincinnati to supplement our pool of lendable funds, meet deposit withdrawal requirements
and manage the terms of our liabilities. Advances from the FHLB are secured by our stock in the FHLB, certain commercial real estate loans and
substantially all of our first mortgage residential loans. At December 31, 2011, we had $7.1 million in advances outstanding from the FHLB and
the capacity to increase our borrowings an additional $106.0 million. The FHLB of Cincinnati functions as a central reserve bank providing
credit for savings banks and other member financial institutions. As a member, we are required to own capital stock in the FHLB and are
authorized to apply for advances on the security of such stock and certain of our home mortgages and other assets (principally, securities which
are obligations of, or guaranteed by, the United States) provided that we meet certain standards related to creditworthiness.
The following table sets forth information about our FHLB advances as of and for the periods indicated:
Average balance outstanding
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the period
End of period balance
Weighted average interest rate:
At end of period
During the period
$
2011
December 31,
2010
(dollars in thousands)
47,800 $
110,763
15,022
15,315 $
38,937
7,116
2009
106,259
142,583
82,980
3.31 %
3.51 %
3.87 %
4.22 %
3.46 %
3.47 %
Subordinated Capital Note – At December 31, 2011, our bank subsidiary, PBI Bank, had a subordinated capital note outstanding in the amount
of $7.7 million. The note is unsecured, bears interest at the BBA three-month LIBOR floating rate plus 300 basis points, and qualifies as Tier 2
capital. Interest only was due quarterly through September 30, 2010, at which time quarterly principal payments of $225,000 plus interest
commenced. The note is due July 1, 2020. At December 31, 2011, the interest rate on this note was 3.37%.
50
Junior Subordinated Debentures – At December 31, 2011, we had four issues of junior subordinated debentures outstanding totaling $25.0
million as shown in the table below.
Liquidation
Amount
Trust Preferred
Securities
Issuance Date
(dollars in thousands)
Optional
Prepayment
Date (2)
Interest Rate (1)
Junior
Subordinated
Debt and
Investment
in Trust
Maturity Date
(dollars in thousands)
3-
$
5,000
2/13/2004
3/17/2009
month LIBOR + 2.85% $
5,155
2/13/2034
3-
3,000
4/15/2004
6/17/2009
month LIBOR + 2.79%
3,093
4/15/2034
3-
14,000
12/14/2006
3/1/2012
month LIBOR + 1.67%
14,434
3/1/2037
3-
$
3,000
25,000
2/13/2004
3/17/2009
month LIBOR + 2.85%
$
3,093
25,775
2/13/2034
Description
Porter Statutory
Trust II
Porter Statutory
Trust III
Porter Statutory
Trust IV
Asencia Statutory
Trust I
(1) As of December 31, 2011, the 3-month LIBOR was 0.58%.
(2) The debentures are callable on or after the optional prepayment date at their principal amount plus accrued interest.
The trust preferred securities are subject to mandatory redemption, in whole or in part, upon repayment of the subordinated debentures at
maturity or their earlier redemption at the liquidation preference. The subordinated debentures, which mature February 13, 2034, April 15, 2034,
and March 1, 2037, are redeemable before the maturity date at our option on or after March 17, 2009, June 17, 2009, and March 1, 2012,
respectively, at their principal amount plus accrued interest. We have the option to defer interest payments on the subordinated debentures from
time to time for a period not to exceed 20 consecutive quarters. After such period, we must pay all deferred interest and resume quarterly interest
payments or we will be in default.
Deferring interest payments on our junior subordinated notes resulted in the deferral of distributions on our trust preferred securities. We will be
prohibited from paying cash dividends on our common stock until such time as we have paid all deferred distributions on our trust preferred
securities.
The trust preferred securities issued by our subsidiary trusts are currently included in our Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes. On March 1,
2005, the Federal Reserve Board adopted final rules that continue to allow trust preferred securities to be included in Tier 1 capital, subject to
stricter quantitative and qualitative limits. Currently, no more than 25% of our Tier I capital can consist of trust preferred securities and
qualifying perpetual preferred stock. To the extent the amount of our trust preferred securities exceeds the 25% limit, the excess would be
includable in Tier 2 capital. The new quantitative limits were effective March 31, 2011. As of December 31, 2011, Porter Bancorp’s trust
preferred securities totaled 22.6% of its Tier 1 capital.
Each of the trusts issuing the trust preferred securities holds junior subordinated debentures we issued with a 30 year maturity. The final rules
provide that in the last five years before the junior subordinated debentures mature, the associated trust preferred securities will be excluded from
Tier 1 capital and included in Tier 2 capital. In addition, the trust preferred securities during this five-year period would be amortized out of Tier
2 capital by one-fifth each year and excluded from Tier 2 capital completely during the year before maturity.
Liquidity
Liquidity risk arises from the possibility we may not be able to satisfy current or future financial commitments, or may become unduly reliant on
alternative funding sources. The objective of liquidity risk management is to ensure that we meet the cash flow requirements of depositors and
borrowers, as well as our operating cash needs, taking into account all on- and off-balance sheet funding demands. Liquidity risk management
also involves ensuring that we meet our cash flow needs at a reasonable cost. We maintain an investment and funds management policy, which
identifies the primary sources of liquidity, establishes procedures for monitoring and measuring liquidity, and establishes minimum liquidity
requirements in compliance with regulatory guidance. Our Asset Liability Committee continually monitors and reviews our liquidity position.
51
Funds are available from a number of sources, including the sale of securities in the available-for-sale portion of the investment portfolio,
principal pay-downs on loans and mortgage-backed securities, customer deposit inflows, brokered deposits and other wholesale funding. During
2011 and 2010, we utilized brokered and wholesale deposits to supplement our funding strategy. At December 31, 2011, these deposits totaled
$118.4 million compared with $149.2 million at December 31, 2010. We are currently restricted from accepting, renewing, or rolling-over
brokered deposits without the prior receipt of a waiver on a case-by-case basis from our regulators. The following table shows at December 31,
2011, the amount of our brokered certificates of deposit by time remaining to maturity (in thousands):
Three months or less
Three months through six months
Six months through twelve months
Over twelve months
Total
$
$
—
12,129
91,250
15,000
118,379
Traditionally, we have borrowed from the FHLB to supplement our funding requirements. At December 31, 2011, we had an unused borrowing
capacity with the FHLB of $106.0 million.
Subsequent to year-end, as a result of our recent financial results, the FHLB changed our collateral arrangements from a blanket pledge of
residential mortgage loans to a detailed loan listing requirement. Our borrowing capacity under the detailed loan listing requirement is based on
the market value of the underlying pledged loans rather than the unpaid principal balance of the pledged loans. The listing requirement also
increases the level of collateral required for borrowings. We are working with the FHLB to finalize the loans in our borrowing base under the
listing requirement and understand that our borrowing capacity will be at significantly lower levels until our financial performance improves.
We also secured federal funds borrowing lines from major correspondent banks totaling $15.0 million on an unsecured basis. Management
believes our sources of liquidity are adequate to meet expected cash needs for the foreseeable future, however, the availability of these lines
could be affected by our financial position. We are also subject to FDIC interest rate restrictions for deposits. As such, we are permitted to offer
up to the “national rate” plus 75 basis points as published weekly by the FDIC.
We use cash to pay dividends on common stock, if and when declared by the Board of Directors, and to service debt. The main sources of
funding include dividends paid by PBI Bank, management fees received from PBI Bank and affiliated banks and financing obtained in the
capital markets. During 2011, Porter Bancorp contributed $13.1 million to its subsidiary, PBI Bank, which substantially decreased its liquid
assets. The contribution was made to strengthen the Bank’s capital in an effort to help it comply with its capital ratio requirements under the
consent order. Liquid assets decreased from $20.3 million at December 31, 2010, to $4.9 million at December 31, 2011. Since the Bank is
unlikely to be in a position to pay dividends to the parent company for the foreseeable future, cash inflows for the parent are limited to
management fees from affiliate banks, earnings on investment securities, sales of investment securities, and interest on deposits with the Bank.
These cash inflows along with the liquid assets held at December 31, 2011, are needed to cover ongoing operating expenses of the parent
company which have been reduced and are budgeted at $1.5 million for 2012. The reduction in budgeted expenses from actual expenses for 2011
is primarily the result of deferring payments on our Series A preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury and on our trust preferred securities.
Parent company liquidity could be improved if a capital raise was accomplished. See the “Supervision-Porter Bancorp-Dividends” section of
Item 1. “Business“ and the “Dividends” section of Item 5. “Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer
Purchases of Equity Securities” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Capital
In the fourth quarter of 2011, we began deferring the payment of regular quarterly cash dividends on our Series A Preferred Stock issued to the
U.S. Treasury. If we defer dividend payments for six quarters, the holder of our Series A Preferred Stock (currently the U.S. Treasury) would
then have the right to appoint representatives to our Board of Directors. We will continue to accrue any deferred dividends, which will be
deducted from income to common shareholders for financial statement purposes.
In addition, effective with the fourth quarter of 2011, we began deferring interest payments on our junior subordinated notes with resulted in a
deferral of distributions on our trust preferred securities, Therefore, future cash dividends on our common stock are subject to the prior payment
of all deferred distributions on our trust preferred securities.
Stockholders’ equity decreased $105.6 million to $83.8 million at December 31, 2011, compared with $189.4 million at December 31, 2010. The
decrease was due to the 2011 net loss and to dividends declared on common stock, cumulative preferred stock, and participating preferred stock.
52
In 2010, we completed a $32 million private placement to accredited investors. Following completion of the transactions involved, Porter
Bancorp had issued (i) 2,465,569 shares of common stock, (ii) 317,042 shares of Series C Preferred Stock and (iii) warrants to purchase to
purchase 1,163,045 shares of non-voting common stock at a price of $11.50 per share.
The Series C Preferred Stock has no voting rights (except when required by law), has a liquidation preference over our common stock, and
dividend rights equivalent to our common stock. Each share of Series C Preferred Stock automatically converts into 1.05 shares of common
stock at such time as, after giving effect to the automatic conversion, the holder of such Series C Preferred Stock (together with its affiliates and
any other persons with which it is acting in concert or whose holdings would otherwise be required to be aggregated for purposes of federal
banking law) beneficially holds, directly or indirectly, less than 9.9% of the number of shares of common stock then issued and outstanding.
The warrants are exercisable into non-voting common stock until they expire on September 16, 2015. The non-voting common stock has no
voting rights (except when required by law), but otherwise has the same dividend and other rights as our common stock. Upon issuance, each
share of non-voting common stock automatically converts into 1.05 shares of common stock at such time as, after giving effect to the automatic
conversion, the holder of non-voting common stock (together with its affiliates and any other persons with which it is acting in concert or whose
holdings would otherwise be required to be aggregated for purposes of federal banking law) holds, directly or indirectly, beneficially less than
9.9% of the number of shares of common stock then issued and outstanding.
On November 21, 2008, we issued to the U.S. Treasury, in exchange for aggregate consideration of $35.0 million, 35,000 shares of our Series A
Preferred Stock and a warrant to purchase up to 330,561 shares of our common stock for $15.88 per share. The warrant is immediately
exercisable and has a 10-year term. The Series A Preferred Stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital and pays cumulative cash dividends quarterly at an
annual rate of 5% for the first five years, and 9% thereafter. The Series A Preferred Stock is non-voting (except when required by law) and,
beginning on February 15, 2012, may be redeemed by the Company at $1,000 per share plus accrued unpaid dividends.
Kentucky banking laws limit the amount of dividends that may be paid to a holding company by its subsidiary banks without prior approval.
These laws limit the amount of dividends that may be paid in any calendar year to current year’s net income, as defined in the laws, combined
with the retained net income of the preceding two years, less any dividends declared during those periods. During 2012, the amount available to
be paid by PBI Bank to Porter Bancorp would be 2012 earnings to date. However, PBI Bank has agreed with its primary regulators to obtain
their written consent prior to declaring or paying any future dividends.
Each of the federal bank regulatory agencies has established risk-based capital requirements for banking organizations. See Item 1. Business –
Supervision and Regulation – Porter Bancorp – Capital Adequacy Requirements and PBI Bank – Capital Requirements. In addition, PBI Bank
has agreed with its primary regulators to maintain a ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets (“total risk-based capital ratio”) of at least
12.0%, and a ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets (“leverage ratio”) of 9.0%.
The following table shows the ratios of Tier 1 capital and total capital to risk-adjusted assets and the leverage ratios for Porter Bancorp and PBI
Bank at December 31, 2011:
Tier 1 Capital
Total risk-based capital
Tier 1 leverage ratio
Regulatory
Minimums
Well-
Capitalized
Minimums
Minimum
Capital
Ratios
Under
Consent
Order
Porter
Bancorp
PBI
Bank
6.0 %
10.0
5.0
N/A
12.0 %
9.0
9.23 %
11.22
6.53
8.86 %
10.86
6.23
4.0 %
8.0
4.0
53
At December 31, 2011, PBI Bank’s Tier 1 leverage ratio declined to 6.23% which is below the 9% minimum capital ratio required by the
Consent Order and its total risk-based capital ratio declined to 10.86% which is below the 12% minimum capital ratio required by the Consent
Order. Bank regulatory agencies can exercise discretion when an institution does not maintain minimum capital levels or meet the other terms of
a consent order. The agencies may initiate changes in management, issue mandatory directives, impose monetary penalties or refrain from
formal sanctions, depending on individual circumstances. Any action taken by bank regulatory agencies could damage our reputation and have a
material adverse effect on our business.
See Footnote 2, “Recent Developments and Future Plans”, to the financial statements for additional information.
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
In the normal course of business, we enter into various transactions, which, in accordance with GAAP, are not included in our consolidated
balance sheets. We enter into these transactions to meet the financing needs of our customers. These transactions include commitments to extend
credit and standby letters of credit, which involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts
recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.
Our commitments associated with outstanding standby letters of credit and commitments to extend credit as of December 31, 2011 are
summarized below. Since commitments associated with letters of credit and commitments to extend credit may expire unused, the amounts
shown do not necessarily reflect our actual future cash funding requirements:
Commitments to extend credit
Standby letters of credit
Total
$
$
35,060 $
3,453
38,513 $
One year
or less
More than 1
year but less
than 3 years
3 years or
more but less
than 5 years
(dollars in thousands)
4,938 $
—
4,938 $
21,672 $
—
21,672 $
5 years
or more
Total
14,998 $
—
14,998 $
76,668
3,453
80,121
Standby Letters of Credit – Standby letters of credit are written conditional commitments we issue to guarantee the performance of a customer
to a third party. If the customer does not perform in accordance with the terms of the agreement with the third party, we would be required to
fund the commitment. The maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make is represented by the contractual
amount of the commitment. If the commitment is funded, we would be entitled to seek recovery from the customer. Our policies generally
require that standby letter of credit arrangements contain security and debt covenants similar to those contained in loan agreements.
Commitments to Extend Credit – We enter into contractual commitments to extend credit, normally with fixed expiration dates or termination
clauses, at specified rates and for specific purposes. Substantially all of our commitments to extend credit are contingent upon customers
maintaining specific credit standards at the time of loan funding. We minimize our exposure to loss under these commitments by subjecting them
to credit approval and monitoring procedures.
Contractual Obligations
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and other commitments to make future payments as of December 31, 2011:
Time deposits
FHLB borrowing (1)
Subordinated capital note
Junior subordinated debentures
Total
$
$
633,292 $
1,554
900
—
635,746 $
One year
or less
More than 1
year but less
than 3 years
3 years or
more but less
than 5 years
(dollars in thousands)
176,024 $
1,314
1,800
—
179,138 $
214,916 $
1,780
1,800
—
218,496 $
5 years or
more
Total
101 $
2,468
3,150
25,000
30,719 $
1,024,333
7,116
7,650
25,000
1,064,099
(1) Fixed rate mortgage-matched borrowings with rates ranging from 0% to 5.25%, and maturities ranging from 2012 through 2033,
averaging 3.31%.
54
Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices
The financial statements and related data presented herein have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles,
which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in historical dollars without considering changes in the relative
purchasing power of money over time due to inflation.
We have an asset and liability structure that is essentially monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on our
performance than the effects of general levels of inflation. Periods of high inflation are often accompanied by relatively higher interest rates, and
periods of low inflation are accompanied by relatively lower interest rates. As market interest rates rise or fall in relation to the rates earned on
our loans and investments, the value of these assets decreases or increases respectively.
Item 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
To minimize the volatility of net interest income and exposure to economic loss that may result from fluctuating interest rates, we manage our
exposure to adverse changes in interest rates through asset and liability management activities within guidelines established by our Asset
Liability Committee (“ALCO”). The ALCO, which is comprised of senior management representatives, has the responsibility for approving and
ensuring compliance with asset/liability management policies. Interest rate risk is the exposure to adverse changes in the net interest income as a
result of market fluctuations in interest rates. The ALCO, on an ongoing basis, monitors interest rate and liquidity risk in order to implement
appropriate funding and balance sheet strategies. Management considers interest rate risk to be our most significant market risk.
We utilize an earnings simulation model to analyze net interest income sensitivity. We then evaluate potential changes in market interest rates
and their subsequent effects on net interest income. The model projects the effect of instantaneous movements in interest rates of both 100 and
200 basis points that are sustained for one year. Assumptions based on the historical behavior of our deposit rates and balances in relation to
changes in interest rates are also incorporated into the model. These assumptions are inherently uncertain and, as a result, the model cannot
precisely measure future net interest income or precisely predict the impact of fluctuations in market interest rates on net interest income. Actual
results will differ from the model’s simulated results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in
market conditions and the application and timing of various management strategies.
Our interest sensitivity profile was asset sensitive at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010. Given an instantaneous 100 basis point
increase in interest rates our base net interest income would increase by an estimated 5.8% at December 31, 2011 compared with an increase of
7.8% at December 31, 2010.
The following table indicates the estimated impact on net interest income under various interest rate scenarios for the year ended December 31,
2011, as calculated using the static shock model approach:
Change in Interest Rates
+ 200 basis points
+ 100 basis points
Change in Future
Net Interest Income
Dollar Change Percentage Change
(dollars in thousands)
$
5,439
2,876
10.89 %
5.76
We did not run a model simulation for declining interest rates as of December 31, 2011, because the Federal Reserve effectively lowered the
federal funds target rate between 0.00% to 0.25% in December 2008. Therefore, no further short-term rate reductions can occur. As we
implement strategies to mitigate the risk of rising interest rates in the future, these strategies will lessen our forecasted “base case” net interest
income in the event of no interest rate changes.
Our interest sensitivity at any point in time will be affected by a number of factors. These factors include the mix of interest sensitive assets and
liabilities as well as their relative pricing schedules. It is also influenced by market interest rates, deposit growth, loan growth, decay rates and
prepayment speed assumptions.
The following table sets forth the amounts of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities outstanding at December 31, 2011, which
we anticipate, based upon certain assumptions, to reprice or mature in each of the future time periods shown. The projected repricing of assets
and liabilities anticipates prepayments and scheduled rate adjustments, as well as contractual maturities under an interest rate unchanged scenario
within the selected time intervals. While we believe such assumptions are reasonable, we cannot assure you that assumed repricing rates will
approximate our actual future activity.
55
Volume Subject to Repricing Within
0 – 90
Days
91 – 181
Days
182 – 365
Days
1 – 5
Years
Over 5
Years
(dollars in thousands)
Non-
Interest
Sensitive Total
$ 92,034
8,549
10,072
694
539,642
—
$ 650,991
$
—
9,080
—
—
118,892
—
$ 127,972
$
—
19,392
—
—
179,289
—
$ 198,681
$
—
61,903
—
—
283,519
—
$ 345,422
$
— $
— $
58,194
—
—
14,681
92,034
1,715 158,833
10,072
694
(52,579 ) 1,083,444
— 110,347 110,347
$ 72,875 $ 59,483 $ 1,455,424
—
—
$ 188,312
179,206
34,712
—
—
$
—
154,951
327
—
—
$
—
296,794
640
—
—
$
—
391,652
3,479
—
—
$
— $
1,730
2,346
— $ 188,312
— 1,024,333
41,504
—
— 118,746 118,746
82,529
82,529
—
$ 402,230
$ 248,761
$ 248,761
$ 155,278
$ (27,306 )
$ 221,455
$ 297,434
$ (98,753 )
$ 122,702
$ 395,131
$
$ (49,709 ) $ 68,799
$ 141,792
$ 72,993
4,076 $ 201,275 $ 1,455,424
17.09 %
17.09 %
(1.88 %)
15.22 %
(6.79 %)
8.43 %
(3.42 %)
5.02 %
4.73 %
9.74 %
Assets:
Federal funds sold and short-term
investments
Investment securities
FHLB stock
Loans held for sale
Loans, net of allowance
Fixed and other assets
Total assets
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Interest-bearing checking, savings, and
money market
accounts
Certificates of deposit
Borrowed funds
Other liabilities
Stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’
equity
Period gap
Cumulative gap
Period gap to total assets
Cumulative gap to total assets
Cumulative interest-earning assets to
cumulative
interest-bearing liabilities
161.85 %
139.72 %
114.35 %
105.84 %
111.31 %
Our one-year cumulative gap position as of December 31, 2011 was positive $122.7 million or 8.4% of assets. This is a one-day position that is
continually changing and is not necessarily indicative of our position at any other time. Any gap analysis has inherent shortcomings because
certain assets and liabilities may not move proportionally as interest rates change.
56
Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
The following consolidated financial statements and reports are included in this section:
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009
Consolidated Statements of Change in Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income for the
Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
57
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
The Management of Porter Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is responsible for the preparation, integrity, and fair presentation of the Company’s
annual consolidated financial statements. All information has been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles
and, as such, includes certain amounts that are based on Management’s best estimates and judgments.
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting presented in conformity with U.S.
generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (2)
provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S.
generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with
authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Two of the objectives of internal control are to provide reasonable assurance to Management and the Board of Directors that transactions are
properly authorized and recorded in our financial records, and that the preparation of the Company’s financial statements and other financial
reporting is done in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Management has made its own assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31,
2011, in relation to the criteria described in the report, Internal Control — Integrated Framework , issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on our assessment, Management concludes that as of December 31, 2011, the
Company’s internal control over financial reporting is not effective based on those criteria.
As a result of regulatory examination and audit processes applied to our loan grading activities near and subsequent to year end, we determined
that our internal process for assigning loan grades did not always establish an accurate grade for credit risk. Our internal control processes
surrounding loan grades, which consist of a combination of internal and external loan review activities, identified and corrected grades for the
majority of loans that were not initially graded correctly. However, such loan review did not sufficiently cover all loans subject to potential
grading error throughout the year. In preparing our annual report on Form 10-K, we identified the extent to which our loan review controls did
not operate and expanded the scope to cover the remainder of the portfolio and adjusted our allowance for loan losses to take the additional
findings into consideration.
See “Item 9A. Controls and Procedures” for further discussion of the material weakness related to controls over the grading of loans. This
annual report does not include an attestation report of our registered public accounting firm regarding internal controls over financial
reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by our registered public accounting firm pursuant to rules of the Securities and
Exchange Commission that permit us to provide only management’s report in this annual report.
There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of internal control, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or
overriding of controls. Accordingly, even effective internal control can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to reliability of financial
statements. Furthermore, the effectiveness of internal control can vary with changes in circumstances. Based on its assessment, Management
believes that as of December 31, 2011, the Company’s internal control was not effective in achieving the objectives stated above.
58
/s/ Maria L. Bouvette
Maria L. Bouvette
President and
Chief Executive Officer
March 30, 2012
/s/ Phillip W. Barnhouse
Phillip W. Barnhouse
Chief Financial Officer
59
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Porter Bancorp, Inc.
Louisville, Kentucky
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Porter Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 2011. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards
require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial
reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are
appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over
financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts
and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Porter
Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has incurred substantial losses in 2011, largely as a result of asset
impairments. In addition, the Company’s bank subsidiary is not in compliance with a regulatory enforcement order issued by its primary federal
regulator requiring, among other things, increased minimum regulatory capital ratios. Additional significant asset impairments or continued
failure to comply with the regulatory enforcement order may result in additional adverse regulatory action. Management’s plans with regard to
these matters are also discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements.
Crowe Horwath, LLP
Louisville, Kentucky
March 30, 2012
60
PORTER BANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31,
(Dollar amounts in thousands except share data)
Assets
Cash and due from financial institutions
Federal funds sold
Cash and cash equivalents
Securities available for sale
Mortgage loans held for sale
Loans, net of allowance of $52,579 and $34,285, respectively
Premises and equipment
Other real estate owned
Goodwill
Deferred tax assets, net
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
Bank owned life insurance
Accrued interest receivable and other assets
Total assets
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Deposits
Non-interest bearing
Interest bearing
Total deposits
Repurchase agreements
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities
Subordinated capital note
Junior subordinated debentures
Total liabilities
Commitments and contingent liabilities (Note 18)
Stockholders’ equity
Preferred stock, no par, 1,000,000 shares authorized
Series A - 35,000 issued and outstanding; Liquidation preference of
$35 million at December 31, 2011
Series C – 317,042 issued and outstanding; Liquidation preference of
$3.6 million at December 31, 2011
Common stock, no par, 19,000,000 shares authorized, 11,824,472 and
11,846,107 shares issued and outstanding, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings (deficit)
Accumulated other comprehensive income
Total stockholders' equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
See accompanying notes.
61
$
$
$
2011
2010
104,680 $
1,282
105,962
158,833
694
1,083,444
21,541
41,449
—
—
10,072
8,106
25,323
1,455,424 $
178,693
6,742
185,435
106,309
345
1,268,383
22,468
67,635
23,794
12,958
10,072
7,805
18,748
1,723,952
111,118 $
1,212,645
1,323,763
1,738
7,116
7,628
7,650
25,000
1,372,895
—
98,398
1,369,270
1,467,668
11,616
15,022
6,681
8,550
25,000
1,534,537
—
34,661
34,484
3,283
3,283
112,236
19,841
(91,656 )
4,164
82,529
1,455,424 $
112,236
19,438
17,822
2,152
189,415
1,723,952
$
PORTER BANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Years Ended December 31,
(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share data)
2011
2010
2009
Interest income
Loans, including fees
Taxable securities
Tax exempt securities
Federal funds sold and other
Interest expense
Deposits
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
Junior subordinated debentures
Subordinated capital note
Federal funds purchased and other
Net interest income
Provision for loan losses
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
Non-interest income
Service charges on deposit accounts
Income from fiduciary activities
Secondary market brokerage fees
Title insurance commissions
Net gain on sales of loans originated for sale
Net gain on sales of securities
Other-than-temporary impairment loss
Total impairment loss
Loss recognized in other comprehensive income
Net impairment loss recognized in earnings
Other
Non-interest expense
Salaries and employee benefits
Occupancy and equipment
Goodwill impairment
Other real estate owned expense
FDIC insurance
Loan collection expense
State franchise tax
Professional fees
Communications
Borrowing prepayment fees
Postage and delivery
Advertising
Other
Income (loss) before income taxes
Income tax expense (benefit)
Net income (loss)
Less:
Dividends on preferred stock
Accretion on Series A preferred stock
(Earnings) loss allocated to participating securities
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
Basic earnings (loss) per common share
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
See accompanying notes.
$
$
$
$
67,679 $
4,008
1,123
744
73,554
20,147
537
632
283
440
22,039
51,515
62,600
(11,085 )
2,609
993
219
99
713
1,108
(41 )
—
(41 )
2,133
7,833
15,218
3,729
23,794
47,525
3,470
2,509
2,228
1,392
678
486
485
314
2,445
104,273
(107,525 )
(218 )
(107,307 )
(1,750 )
(177 )
4,080
(105,154 ) $
(8.98 ) $
(8.98 ) $
$
77,559
7,338
854
656
86,407
25,392
2,015
639
311
484
28,841
57,566
30,100
27,466
2,984
987
327
160
554
5,152
(597 )
—
(597 )
2,015
11,582
14,903
4,095
—
16,254
2,971
908
2,172
1,067
737
—
722
408
2,241
46,478
(7,430 )
(3,046 )
(4,384 )
(1,810 )
(177 )
184
(6,187 ) $
$
$
(0.60 )
(0.60 )
83,970
8,971
878
647
94,466
35,088
3,691
795
362
476
40,412
54,054
14,200
39,854
3,112
875
235
130
411
315
—
—
—
2,016
7,094
15,009
3,918
—
1,155
2,984
369
1,800
901
729
—
752
492
2,347
30,456
16,492
5,424
11,068
(1,750 )
(176 )
(97 )
9,045
1.00
1.00
62
PORTER BANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Years Ended December 31,
(Dollar amounts in thousands except share and per share data)
Shares
Amount
Common
Series A
Preferred
Series B
Preferred
Series C
Preferred
Common
Series A
Preferred
Series B
Preferred
Series C
Preferred
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Retained
Earnings
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Total
Balances, January 1, 2009 8,287,933
Issuance of unvested stock
51,684
Forfeited unvested stock
(515 )
Stock-based compensation
35,000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $ 76,897 $ 34,131
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $
—
—
—
—
— $
—
—
13,483 $ 39,957 $
—
—
—
—
(255 ) $ 164,213
—
—
—
—
—
—
388
—
—
388
— 11,068
— 11,068
expense
Comprehensive income:
Net income
Changes in net unrealized
gain (loss) on
securities available for
sale, net of
reclassification and tax
effects
Total
comprehensive
income
Dividends 5%on Series A
preferred stock
Accretion of Series A
preferred stock
discount
Cash dividends declared
($0.76 per share)
5% stock dividend declared
Balances, December 31,
2009
Issuance of stock and
warrants in private
placement
Conversion of Series B
preferred to common
Conversion of Series C
preferred to common
Issuance of unvested stock
Forfeited unvested stock
Stock-based compensation
expense
Comprehensive loss:
Net loss
Changes in net unrealized
gain (loss) on
securities available for
sale, net of
reclassification and tax
effects
Total
comprehensive
loss
Dividends 5% on Series A
preferred stock
Dividends on Series B
preferred stock ($0.10
per share)
Dividends on Series C
preferred stock ($0.10
per share)
Accretion of Series A
preferred stock
discount
Cash dividends declared
($0.49 per share)
5% stock dividend declared
Balances, December 31,
2010
Issuance of unvested stock
Forfeited unvested stock
Stock-based compensation
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2,408
2,408
—
—
—
—
417,338
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— 13,476
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1,750 )
—
(1,750 )
—
—
—
—
—
176
—
—
—
6,207
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(176 )
—
—
—
1,088
(6,993 )
(7,295 )
—
—
(6,993 )
—
8,756,440
35,000
—
— 83,104 34,307
—
—
14,959 34,811
2,153 169,334
1,820,531
— 597,000 365,080 17,429
—
6,182
3,780
3,149
—
— 30,540
597,000
— (597,000 )
—
6,182
—
(6,182 )
—
48,038
69,182
(9,566 )
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— (48,038 )
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
497
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(497 )
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
482
—
—
482
—
(4,384 )
—
(4,384 )
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1 )
(1 )
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(4,385 )
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1,750 )
—
(1,750 )
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(60 )
—
(60 )
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(40 )
—
(40 )
—
—
564,482
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
177
—
—
—
5,024
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(177 )
—
—
—
848
(4,706 )
(5,872 )
—
—
(4,706 )
—
11,846,107
2,800
(24,435 )
35,000
—
—
— 317,042 $ 112,236 $ 34,484
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $
—
—
3,283 $
—
—
19,438 $ 17,822 $
—
—
—
—
2,152 $ 189,415
—
—
—
—
expense
Comprehensive loss:
Net loss
Changes in net unrealized
gain (loss) on
securities available for
sale, net of
reclassification and tax
effects
Total
comprehensive
loss
Dividends 5% on Series A
preferred stock
Dividends on Series C
preferred stock ($0.02
per share)
Accretion of Series A
preferred stock
discount
Cash dividends declared
($0.02 per share)
Balances, December 31,
2011
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
403
—
—
403
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— (107,307 )
— (107,307 )
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2,012
2,012
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— (105,295 )
—
(1,750 )
—
(1,750 )
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(7 )
—
(7 )
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
177
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(177 )
—
—
—
(237 )
—
(237 )
11,824,472
35,000
— 317,042 $ 112,236 $ 34,661
— $
3,283 $
19,841 $ (91,656 ) $
4,164 $ 82,529
See accompanying notes.
63
PORTER BANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income (loss)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash from operating activities
$
(107,307 ) $
(4,384 ) $
11,068
2011
2010
2009
Depreciation and amortization
Provision for loan losses
Net amortization (accretion) on securities
Goodwill impairment charge
Stock-based compensation expense
Deferred income taxes (benefit)
Net gain on sales of loans originated for sale
Loans originated for sale
Proceeds from sales of loans originated for sale
Net loss on sales of other real estate owned
Net write-down of other real estate owned
Net realized (gain) loss on sales of investment securities
Earnings on bank owned life insurance
Net change in accrued interest receivable and other assets
Net change in accrued interest payable and other liabilities
Net cash from operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Net change in interest-bearing deposits with banks
Purchases of available-for-sale securities
Sales and calls of available-for-sale securities
Maturities and prepayments of available-for-sale securities
Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned
Improvements to other real estate owned
Loan originations and payments, net
Purchases of premises and equipment, net
Net cash from investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities
Net change in deposits
Net change in repurchase agreements
Repayment of Federal Home Loan Bank advances
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank
Repayment of subordinated capital note
Issuance of preferred stock and warrants, net
Issuance of common stock and warrants, net
Cash dividends paid on preferred stock
Cash dividends paid on common stock
Net cash from financing activities
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
Beginning cash and cash equivalents
Ending cash and cash equivalents
Supplemental cash flow information:
Interest paid
Income taxes paid
Supplemental non-cash disclosure:
Transfer from loans to other real estate
Financed sales of other real estate owned
5% Stock dividend
2,389
62,600
1,552
23,794
436
12,958
(713 )
(24,881 )
24,649
8,889
34,874
(1,067 )
(301 )
(7,062 )
(575 )
30,235
—
(123,609 )
50,318
23,378
14,142
(1,650 )
92,190
(332 )
54,437
(143,905 )
(9,878 )
(32,906 )
25,000
(900 )
—
—
(1,319 )
(237 )
(164,145 )
(79,473 )
185,435
105,962 $
2,926
30,100
(9 )
—
467
(7,898 )
(554 )
(28,165 )
28,467
565
14,062
(4,555 )
(296 )
3,667
(485 )
33,908
—
(55,750 )
96,808
25,917
15,284
(1,947 )
6,160
(368 )
86,104
3,464
14,200
(558 )
—
386
(2,574 )
(411 )
(20,529 )
20,439
190
500
(315 )
(283 )
(5,531 )
(2,398 )
17,648
600
(36,979 )
13,813
32,100
13,121
(293 )
(92,248 )
(2,605 )
(72,491 )
(62,428 )
99
(307,958 )
240,000
(450 )
11,064
19,476
(1,847 )
(4,706 )
(106,750 )
13,262
172,173
185,435 $
241,547
1,433
(299,796 )
240,000
—
—
—
(1,721 )
(6,993 )
174,470
119,627
52,546
172,173
22,218 $
2,000
29,637 $
4,850
41,917 $
11,848
—
90,787 $
9,736
5,872
41,055
8,150
20,534
—
7,295
$
$
$
See accompanying notes .
64
PORTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Nature of Operations and Principles of Consolidation – The consolidated financial statements include Porter Bancorp, Inc. (Company or PBI)
and its subsidiary, PBI Bank (Bank). The Company owns a 100% interest in the Bank.
The Company provides financial services through its offices in Central Kentucky and Louisville. Its primary deposit products are checking,
savings, and term certificate accounts, and its primary lending products are residential mortgage, commercial, and real estate loans. Substantially
all loans are collateralized by specific items of collateral including business assets, commercial real estate, and residential real estate.
Commercial loans are expected to be repaid from cash flow from operations of businesses. There are no significant concentrations of loans to
any one industry or customer. However, customers’ ability to repay their loans is dependent on the real estate and general economic conditions
in the area. Other financial instruments which potentially represent concentrations of credit risk include deposit accounts in other financial
institutions and federal funds sold. The Company also provides trust services.
Use of Estimates – To prepare financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, management makes
estimates and assumptions based on available information. These estimates and assumptions affect the amounts reported in the financial
statements and the disclosures provided, and future results could differ. The allowance for loan losses, goodwill and other intangible assets, fair
value of other real estate owned, stock compensation, deferred tax assets, and fair values of financial instruments are particularly subject to
change.
Cash Flows – Cash and cash equivalents include cash, deposits with other financial institutions under 90 days, and federal funds sold. Net cash
flows are reported for customer and loan deposit transactions, interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions, and federal funds
purchased and repurchase agreements.
Securities – Debt securities are classified as available-for-sale when they might be sold before maturity. Equity securities with readily
determined fair values are classified as available-for-sale. Securities available for sale are carried at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and
losses reported in other comprehensive income.
Interest income includes amortization of purchase premium or discount. Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized on the level-yield
method anticipating prepayments on mortgage backed securities. Gains and losses on sales are recorded on the trade date and determined using
the specific identification method.
Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) on at least a quarterly basis, and more frequently when
economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation. For securities in an unrealized loss position, management considers the extent and
duration of the unrealized loss, and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer. Management also assesses whether it intends to
sell, or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell, a security in an unrealized loss position before recovery of its amortized cost
basis. If either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is
recognized as impairment through earnings. For debt securities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the amount of impairment is split
into two components as follows: 1) OTTI related to credit loss, which must be recognized in the income statement and 2) other-than-temporary
impairment (OTTI) related to other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income. The credit loss is defined as the difference
between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis. For equity securities, the entire amount of
impairment is recognized through earnings.
Loans Held for Sale – Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or fair
value, as determined by outstanding commitments from investors. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recorded as a valuation allowance and
charged to earnings.
Mortgage loans held for sale are generally sold with servicing rights released. If sold with servicing retained, the carrying value of mortgage
loans sold is reduced by the amount allocated to the servicing right. Gains and losses on sales of mortgage loans are based on the difference
between the selling price and the carrying value of the related loan sold.
Mortgage banking derivatives used in the ordinary course of business consist of mandatory forward sales contracts and rate lock loan
commitments. Forward contracts represent future commitments to deliver loans at a specified price and date and are used to manage interest rate
risk on loan commitments and mortgage loans held for sale. Rate lock commitments represent commitments to fund loans at a specific rate.
These derivatives involve underlying items, such as interest rates, and are designed to transfer risk. Substantially all of these instruments expire
within 60 days from the date of issuance. Notional amounts are amounts on which calculations and payments are based, but which do not
represent credit exposure, as credit exposure is limited to the amounts required to be received or paid.
65
We adopted FASB ASC topic 815, “Derivative and Hedging” during the first quarter of 2009. Our commitments to deliver loans and our rate
lock loan commitments were insignificant at year end.
Loans – Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at the
principal balance outstanding, net of deferred loan fees and costs, and an allowance for loan losses. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid
principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized in interest income using the level-
yield method without anticipating prepayments. The recorded investment in loans includes the outstanding principal balance and unamortized
deferred origination costs and fees.
Interest income on mortgage and commercial loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days delinquent unless the loan is well collateralized
and in process of collection. Consumer and credit card loans are typically charged off no later than 120 days past due. Past due status is based on
the contractual terms of the loan. In all cases, loans are placed on non-accrual or charged off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest
is considered doubtful.
All interest accrued but not received for loans placed on non-accrual is reversed against interest income. Interest received on such loans is
accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the
principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.
Allowance for Loan Losses – The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable incurred credit losses. Loan losses are
charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are
credited to the allowance. We estimate the allowance balance required using past loan loss experience, the nature and volume of the portfolio,
information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, economic conditions, and other factors. Allocations of the
allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in our judgment, should be charged off.
The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as
impaired. A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all
amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Loans for which the terms have been modified resulting in a concession,
and for which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, are considered troubled debt restructurings and classified as impaired.
Factors considered in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and
interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as
impaired. We determine the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the
circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment
record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.
If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the loan is reported, net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows
using the loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Large groups of smaller balance
homogeneous loans, such as consumer and residential real estate loans, are collectively evaluated for impairment, and accordingly, they are not
separately identified for impairment disclosures. Troubled debt restructurings are separately identified for impairment disclosures and are
measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s effective rate at inception. If a troubled debt restructuring is
considered to be a collateral dependent loan, the loan is reported, net, at the fair value of the collateral. For troubled debt restructurings that
subsequently default, we determine the amount of reserve in accordance with the accounting policy for the allowance for loan losses.
The general component covers non-impaired loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for current factors. The historical loss
experience is determined by portfolio segment and is based on our actual loss history experienced over the most recent three years with
weighting towards the most recent periods. This actual loss experience is supplemented with other economic factors based on the risks present
for each portfolio segment. These economic factors include consideration of the following: levels of and trends in delinquencies and impaired
loans; levels of and trends in charge-offs and recoveries; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of any changes in risk selection and
underwriting standards; other changes in lending policies, procedures, and practices; experience, ability, and depth of lending management and
other relevant staff; national and local economic trends and conditions; industry conditions; and effects of changes in credit concentrations. At
year-end 2010, we increased our emphasis on historical loss experience and the qualitative factors discussed above that we believe are essential
to assessing the general component of the reserve. We believe this added emphasis serves to ensure our estimates affecting the general
component of the reserve most effectively parallel changing risks in the market in a timely fashion.
66
A portfolio segment is defined as the level at which an entity develops and documents a systematic methodology to determine its allowance for
loan losses. We identified the following portfolio segments: commercial, commercial real estate, residential real estate, consumer, agricultural,
and other.
● Commercial loans are dependent on the strength of the industries of the related borrowers and the success of their businesses.
Commercial loans are advances for equipment purchases, or to provide working capital, or to meet other financing needs of business
enterprises. These loans may be secured by accounts receivable, inventory, equipment or other business assets. Financial information is
obtained from the borrowers to evaluate their ability to repay the loans.
● Commercial real estate loans are affected by the local commercial real estate market and the local economy. Commercial real estate
loans include loans on properties occupied by the borrowers and on properties for commercial purposes. Construction and development
loans are a component of this segment. These loans are generally secured by land under development or homes and commercial
buildings under construction. Appraisals are obtained to support the loan amount. Financial information is obtained from the borrowers
and/or the individual project to evaluate cash flows sufficiency to service the debt.
● Residential real estate loans are affected by the local residential real estate market, local economy, and, for variable rate mortgages,
movement in indices tied to these loans. For owner occupied residential loans, the borrowers’ repayment ability is evaluated through a
review of credit scores and debt to income ratios. For non-owner occupied residential loans, such as rental real estate, financial
information is obtained from the borrowers and/or the individual project to evaluate cash flows sufficiency to service the debt.
Appraisals are obtained to support the loan amount.
● Consumer loans are dependent on local economies. Consumer loans are generally secured by consumer assets, but may be unsecured.
We evaluate the borrowers’ repayment ability through a review of credit scores and an evaluation of debt to income ratios.
● Agriculture loans are dependent on the industries tied to these loans and are generally secured by livestock, crops, and/or equipment,
but may be unsecured. We evaluate the borrowers’ repayment ability through a review of credit scores and an evaluation of debt to
income ratios.
● Other loans include loans to municipalities, loans secured by stock, and overdrafts. For municipal loans, we evaluate the borrowers’
revenue streams as well as ability to repay form general funds. For loans secured by stock, we evaluate the market value of the stock
securing the loan in relation to the loan amount. Overdrafts are funded based on pre-established criteria related to the deposit account
relationship.
We analyze all relevant risk characteristics for each portfolio segment and have determined that loans in each segment possess similar general
risk characteristics that are analyzed in connection with our loan underwriting processes and procedures. In determining the allocated allowance,
we utilize weighted average loss rates for the past three years most heavily weighting the current year. Commercial real estate loans are our
largest segment and had the highest level of qualitative adjustments due to trends in our markets for underlying collateral values and risks related
to tenant rents. and for economic factors such as decreased sales demand, elevated inventory levels, and declining collateral values. Residential
real estate loan considerations include macro factors such as unemployment rates, trends in vacancy rates, and home value trends. The
commercial portfolio qualitative adjustments are related to industry concentrations and geographical market. Our agricultural, consumer, and
other portfolios are less significant in terms of size and risk is assessed based on the smaller dollar size of these loans and the more geographical
areas where the collateral is located.
Transfers of Financial Assets – Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been
relinquished. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when the assets have been isolated from the Company, the transferee
obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and the
Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.
Other Real Estate Owned – Assets acquired through or instead of loan foreclosure are initially recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell
when acquired, establishing a new cost basis. These assets are subsequently accounted for at the lower of cost or fair value, less estimated costs
to sell. If fair value declines subsequent to foreclosure, a valuation allowance is recorded through expense. Costs after acquisition are expensed.
Premises and Equipment – Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Buildings and
related components are depreciated using the straight-line method with useful lives ranging from 5 to 33 years. Furniture, fixtures and equipment
are depreciated using the straight-line or accelerated method with useful lives ranging from 3 to 7 years.
Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) Stock – The Bank is a member of the FHLB system. Members are required to own a certain amount of
stock based on the level of borrowings and other factors, and may invest in additional amounts. FHLB stock is carried at cost, classified as a
restricted security, and periodically evaluated for impairment. Because this stock is viewed as long term investment, impairment is based on
ultimate recovery of par value. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income.
67
Goodwill and Intangible Assets – Goodwill resulting from business combinations prior to January 1, 2009, represents the excess of the
purchase price over the fair value of the net assets of businesses acquired. Goodwill resulting from business combinations after January 1, 2009,
is generally determined as the excess of the fair value of the consideration transferred, plus the fair value of any noncontrolling interests in the
acquiree, over the fair value of the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. Goodwill and intangible assets acquired
in a purchase business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, but tested for impairment at least
annually. Intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values. Intangible
assets on our balance sheet, other than goodwill, have defined useful lives. The Company has selected November 30th as the date to perform the
annual impairment test on goodwill unless events or changes in circumstances indicate potential impairment may have occurred between annual
assessments. We assessed our goodwill for impairment during the second quarter of 2011 because our stock, which trades publicly on the
NASDAQ, experienced a significant drop in value throughout the months of May and June 2011. Based on this analysis, we determined that
our Goodwill was impaired and recorded an impairment charge of $23.8 million in the quarter ended June 30, 2011. The impairment charge had
no impact on the Company’s liquidity, cash flows, or regulatory capital ratios. (See Note 7 for more specific disclosure.)
Other intangible assets consist of core deposit and trust account intangible assets arising from whole bank and branch acquisitions. They are
initially measured at fair value and then are amortized on an accelerated or straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which range from
7 to 10 years.
Bank Owned Life Insurance – The Bank has purchased life insurance policies on certain key executives. Company owned life insurance is
recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for
other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement.
Long-Term Assets – Premises and equipment, other intangible assets, and other long-term assets are reviewed for impairment when events
indicate their carrying amount may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows. If impaired, the assets are recorded at fair value.
Repurchase Agreements – Substantially all repurchase agreement liabilities represent amounts advanced by various customers. Securities are
pledged to cover these liabilities, which are not covered by federal deposit insurance.
Benefit Plans – Employee 401(k) and profit sharing plan expense is the amount of matching contributions. Deferred compensation and
supplemental retirement plan expense allocates the benefits over years of service.
Stock-Based Compensation – Compensation cost is recognized for stock options and unvested stock awards issued to employees, based on the
fair value of these awards at the date of grant. A Black-Scholes model is utilized to estimate the fair value of stock options, while the market
price of the Corporation’s common stock at the date of grant is used for restricted stock awards. Compensation cost is recognized over the
required service period, generally defined as the vesting period. For awards with graded vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-
line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.
Income Taxes – Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and
liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between carrying amounts and tax
bases of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the amount
expected to be realized.
A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is "more likely than not" that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a
tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being
realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the "more likely than not" test, no tax benefit is recorded. The Company recognizes
interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.
Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments – Financial instruments include off-balance sheet credit instruments, such as
commitments to make loans and commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer-financing needs. The face amount for these items
represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are
funded.
Comprehensive Income – Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income
includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale, which are also recognized as a separate component of equity.
68
Equity – Stock dividends in excess of 20% are reported by transferring the par value of the stock issued from retained earnings to common
stock. Stock dividends for 20% or less are reported by transferring the fair value, as of the ex-dividend date, of the stock issued from retained
earnings to common stock and additional paid-in capital. Fractional share amounts are paid in cash with a reduction in retained earnings.
Earnings Per Common Share – Basic earnings per common share are net income available to common shareholders divided by the weighted
average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share include the dilutive effect of additional
potential common shares issuable under stock options and warrants. Earnings and dividends per share are restated for all stock splits and
dividends through the date of issue of the financial statements.
Preferred Stock – Series A Preferred stock was issued in 2008 and is outstanding under the United States Department of the Treasury’s
Capital Purchase Program. Issued in conjunction with the Preferred Stock were common stock warrants. See Note 16 for a discussion of the
terms and conditions of that transaction. The proceeds received in the offering were allocated on a pro rata basis to the Preferred Stock and the
Warrants based on relative fair values. In estimating the fair value of the Warrants, the Company utilized the Black-Scholes model which
includes assumptions regarding the Company’s common stock prices, stock price volatility, dividend yield, the risk free interest rate and the
estimated life of the Warrant. The fair value of the Preferred Stock was determined using a discounted cash flow methodology. The value
assigned to the Preferred Stock will be amortized up to the $35.0 million liquidation value of such preferred stock, with the cost of such
amortization being reported as additional preferred stock dividends. Dividends are accrued quarterly. Quarterly cash payment of dividends was
deferred effective with the fourth quarter of 2011. (See Note 16 for more specific disclosure.)
Series B and C Preferred stock were issued in 2010 and Series C Preferred stock remains outstanding. See Note 16 for a discussion of the terms
and conditions of this transaction.
Earnings (Loss) Allocated to Participating Securities – Our issued and outstanding Series C Preferred Stock is automatically convertible into
common stock at such time as the holder together with its affiliates beneficially own less than 9.9% of the then outstanding common shares of
the company. We also have issued and outstanding unvested common shares to employees and directors through our stock incentive
plan. Earnings (loss) are allocated to these participating securities based on their percentage of total issued and outstanding shares.
Loss Contingencies – Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities
when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management does not believe there now are
such matters that will have a material effect on the financial statements.
Dividend Restriction – Banking regulations require maintaining certain capital levels and may limit the dividends paid by the Bank to the
Company or by the Company to shareholders. (See Note 17 for more specific disclosure.)
Fair Value of Financial Instruments – Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other
assumptions, as more fully disclosed in Note 19. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest
rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in
market conditions could significantly affect the estimates.
Reclassifications – Some items in the prior year financial statements were reclassified to conform to the current presentation. Reclassifications
had no effect on prior year net income or shareholders’ equity.
NOTE 2 – RECENT DEVELOPMENTS AND FUTURE PLANS
During 2011, we recorded a net loss to common shareholders of $105.2 million. This loss is primarily attributable to a $23.8 million goodwill
impairment charge, the establishment of a $31.7 million valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets, OREO expense of $47.5 million related
to valuation adjustments for our change in strategy related to certain properties and increase in carrying costs associated with carrying these
higher levels of assets, as well as provision for loan losses expense of $62.6 million due to the continued decline in credit trends within our
portfolio.
In June 2011, the Bank agreed to a Consent Order with the FDIC and KDFI in which the Bank agreed, among other things, to improve asset
quality, reduce loan concentrations, and maintain a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 9% and a minimum total risk based capital ratio of
12%. The Consent Order was included in our Current Report on 8-K filed on June 30, 2011. As of December 31, 2011, these capital ratios were
not met.
69
In order to meet these capital requirements, the Board of Directors and management are continuing to evaluate strategies including the following:
● Continue to operate the Company and Bank in a safe and sound manner. This strategy will require us to continue to reduce the size of
our balance sheet, reduce our lending concentrations, consider selling loans, and reduce other noninterest expense through the
disposition of OREO.
● Our historical losses have been significant in construction and development lending.
o We recorded net construction and development loan charge-offs totaling $11.0 and $11.4 million in 2011 and 2010,
respectively. This represented approximately 27% and 51% of our total net loan charge-offs in 2011 and 2010, respectively.
o In 2011, management determined, with the concurrence of the Board of Directors, that certain properties held in OREO were
not likely to be successfully disposed of in an acceptable time-frame using routine marketing efforts. It became apparent due to
weakness in the economy and softness in demand for housing that certain land development and residential condominium
projects would require extended holding periods to sell the properties at recent appraised values. Accordingly, in June of 2011,
the Company sold, in a single transaction, 54 finished condominium property units from condominium developments held in
our OREO portfolio with a carrying value of approximately $11.0 million, for $5.2 million, resulting in a pre-tax loss of $5.8
million.
o Although we were carrying our OREO at fair market value less estimated cost to sell, we subsequently adjusted our valuations
for land development and residential development properties held in OREO similar to the properties we sold earlier in 2011.
Our 2011 fair value adjustments totaled approximately $25.6 million to reflect our intent to market these properties more
aggressively to retail and bulk buyers. Additionally, we recorded approximately $9.3 million of fair value adjustments related
to new appraisals received for properties in the portfolio during 2011.
o In summary, we recorded net construction and development OREO fair value adjustments and loss on sale of OREO totaling
$38.7 and $10.4 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively. This represents approximately 89% and 71% of our total OREO fair
value adjustments and loss on sale in 2011 and 2011, respectively.
● We are committed to reducing loan concentrations and balance sheet risk.
o Our Consent Order calls for us to reduce our construction and development loans to not more than 75% of total risk-based
capital. These loans totaled $101.5 million, or 85% of total risk-based capital, at December 31, 2011.
o Our Consent Order also requires us to reduce non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans, construction and development
loans, and multifamily residential real estate loans as a group, to not more than 250% of total risk based capital. These loans
totaled $414.6 million, or 349% of total risk-based capital, at December 31, 2011.
o We are working to reduce these loans by curtailing new construction and development lending and new non-owner occupied
commercial real estate lending. We are also receiving principal reductions from amortizing credits and pay-downs from our
customers who sell properties built for resale. While we have not yet reduced our balances in these categories to the required
percentages, we have reduced the construction loan portfolio from $199.5 million at December 31, 2010 to $101.5 million at
December 31, 2011. Our non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans declined from $293.3 million at December 31,
2010 to $252.7 million at December 31, 2011.
● Raise capital by selling common stock through a public offering or private placement to existing and new investors.
● Evaluate other strategic alternatives, such as the sale of assets or branches.
Bank regulatory agencies can exercise discretion when an institution does not meet the terms of a consent order. Based on individual
circumstances, the agencies may issue mandatory directives, impose monetary penalties, initiate changes in management, or take more serious
adverse actions.
70
NOTE 3 – SECURITIES
The fair value of available for sale securities and the related gross unrealized gains and losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive
income (loss) were as follows:
December 31, 2011
U.S. Government and federal agency
State and municipal
Agency mortgage-backed: residential
Corporate bonds
Other debt securities
Total debt securities
Equity
Total
December 31, 2010
U.S. Government and federal agency
State and municipal
Agency mortgage-backed: residential
Corporate bonds
Other debt securities
Total debt securities
Equity
Total
Sales and calls of available for sale securities were as follows:
Proceeds
Gross gains
Gross losses
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
(in thousands)
Fair Value
$
$
$
$
10,494 $
35,456
97,286
7,259
572
151,067
1,359
152,426 $
5,973 $
26,039
60,270
8,744
572
101,598
1,400
102,998 $
1,149 $
2,610
2,211
315
34
6,319
356
6,675 $
37 $
995
1,590
507
—
3,129
254
3,383 $
— $
(4 )
(22 )
(242 )
—
(268 )
—
(268 ) $
— $
(32 )
(5 )
(32 )
—
(69 )
(3 )
(72 ) $
11,643
38,062
99,475
7,332
606
157,118
1,715
158,833
6,010
27,002
61,855
9,219
572
104,658
1,651
106,309
$
2011
2010
(in thousands)
2009
50,318 $
1,108
—
96,808 $
6,079
927
13,813
321
6
The tax benefit (provision) related to these net gains and losses realized on sales were ($388,000), ($1.8 million), and ($110,000), respectively.
The amortized cost and fair value of the investment securities portfolio are shown by contractual maturity. C ontractual maturities may differ
from actual maturities if borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
Maturity
Available-for-sale
Within one year
One to five years
Five to ten years
Beyond ten years
Mortgage-backed
Total
71
December 31, 2011
Amortized
Cost
Fair
Value
(in thousands)
$
$
810 $
17,302
33,769
1,900
97,286
151,067 $
817
18,430
36,319
2,077
99,475
157,118
Securities pledged at year-end 2011 and 2010 had carrying values of approximately $57,669,000 and $73,076,000, respectively, and were
pledged to secure public deposits and repurchase agreements.
At year-end 2011 and 2010, there were no holdings of securities of any one issuer, other than the U.S. Government and its agencies, in an
amount greater than 10% of stockholders’ equity.
Securities with unrealized losses at year-end 2011 and 2010, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have
been in a continuous unrealized loss position, are as follows:
Description of Securities
2011
State and municipal
Agency mortgage-backed: residential
Corporate bonds
Total temporarily impaired
2010
State and municipal
Agency mortgage-backed: residential
Corporate bonds
Equity
$
$
$
Total temporarily impaired
$
Less than 12 Months
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
12 Months or More
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
(in thousands)
Total
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
508 $
2,159
2,805
5,472 $
3,119 $
1,060
995
27
5,201 $
(4 ) $
(22 )
(242 )
(268 ) $
(32 ) $
(5 )
(32 )
(1 )
(70 ) $
— $
—
—
— $
— $
—
—
74
74 $
— $
—
—
— $
— $
—
—
(2 )
(2 ) $
508 $
2,159
2,805
5,472 $
3,119 $
1,060
995
101
5,275 $
(4 )
(22 )
(242 )
(268 )
(32 )
(5 )
(32 )
(3 )
(72 )
The Company evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or
market concerns warrant such evaluation. Consideration is given to the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than
cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, underlying credit quality of the issuer, and the intent and ability of the
Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. In analyzing an
issuer’s financial condition, the Company may consider whether the securities are issued by the federal government or its agencies, whether
downgrades by bond rating agencies have occurred, the sector or industry trends and cycles affecting the issuer, and the results of reviews of the
issuer’s financial condition. In December 2011, we recorded an other-than-temporary impairment charge totaling $41,000 for equity securities
held in our portfolio with an adjusted cost basis of $206,000. The market prices of the stocks had been below our adjusted basis for more than
twelve months and after consideration of the companies financial conditions and the likelihood the market value would recover to our cost basis
in a reasonable period of time, the investment was written down to fair value. As of December 31, 2011, management does not believe any
securities in our portfolio with unrealized losses should be classified as other than temporarily impaired at this time. Management currently
intends to hold all securities with unrealized losses until recovery, which for fixed income securities may be at maturity.
NOTE 4 – LOANS
Loans at year-end by class were as follows:
Commercial
Commercial Real Estate:
Construction
Farmland
Other
Residential Real Estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
Subtotal
Less: Allowance for loan losses
Loans, net
72
2011
2010
$
(in thousands)
71,216 $
90,290
101,471
90,958
423,844
199,524
85,523
441,844
60,410
337,350
26,011
23,770
993
1,136,023
(52,579 )
1,083,444 $
74,919
353,418
31,913
24,177
1,060
1,302,668
(34,285 )
1,268,383
$
Activity in the allowance for loan losses for the years indicated was as follows:
Beginning balance
Provision for loan losses
Loans charged-off
Loan recoveries
Ending balance
2011
2010
(in thousands)
2009
$
$
34,285 $
62,600
(44,646 )
340
52,579 $
26,392 $
30,100
(22,461 )
254
34,285 $
19,652
14,200
(7,731 )
271
26,392
The following table presents the activity in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the year ended December 31, 2011:
Commercial
Commercial
Real Estate
Residential
Real
Estate
Consumer Agriculture Other Total
(in thousands)
Beginning balance
Provision for loan losses
Loans charged off
Recoveries
Ending balance
$
$
2,147 $
6,188
(4,197 )
69
4,207 $
24,075 $
34,043
(25,243 )
149
33,024 $
7,224 $
20,253
(13,295 )
35
14,217 $
701 $
1,074
(1,070 )
87
792 $
134 $
1,032
(841 )
–
325 $
10
–
–
4 $ 34,285
62,600
(44,646 )
340
14 $ 52,579
The following table presents the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment and based on
the impairment method as of December 31, 2011:
Commercial
Commercial
Real Estate
Residential
Real
Estate
Consumer Agriculture Other Total
(in thousands)
Allowance for loan losses:
Ending allowance balance attributable to
loans:
Individually evaluated for impairment $
Collectively evaluated for impairment
$
Total ending allowance balance
237 $
3,970
4,207 $
5,281 $
27,743
33,024 $
1,055 $
13,162
14,217 $
— $
792
792 $
— $
325
325 $
— $
14
14 $
6,573
46,006
52,579
Loans:
Loans individually evaluated for
impairment
$
5,032 $
116,676 $
27,848 $
— $
631 $
540 $ 150,727
Loans collectively evaluated for
impairment
Total ending loans balance
$
66,184
71,216 $
499,598
26,011
369,911
616,274 $ 397,759 $ 26,011 $
23,139
23,770 $
453 985,296
993 $ 1,136,023
73
The following table presents the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment and based on
the impairment method as of December 31, 2010:
Commercial
Commercial
Real Estate
Residential
Real
Estate
Consumer Agriculture Other Total
(in thousands)
Allowance for loan losses:
Ending allowance balance attributable to
loans:
Individually evaluated for impairment $
Collectively evaluated for impairment
$
Total ending allowance balance
23 $
2,124
2,147 $
5,096 $
18,979
24,075 $
— $
7,224
7,224 $
— $
701
701 $
— $
134
134 $
— $
4
4 $
5,119
29,166
34,285
Loans:
Loans individually evaluated for
impairment
$
3,673 $
51,223 $
16,718 $
— $
112 $
— $
71,726
Loans collectively evaluated for
impairment
Total ending loans balance
$
Impaired Loans
Impaired loans were as follows:
Loans with no allocated allowance for loan losses
Loans with allocated allowance for loan losses
Total
Amount of the allowance for loan losses allocated
Average of impaired loans during the year
Interest income recognized during impairment
Cash basis interest income recognized
86,617
90,290 $
675,668
31,913
411,619
726,891 $ 428,337 $ 31,913 $
24,065
24,177 $
1,060 1,230,942
1,060 $ 1,302,668
2011
2010
(in thousands)
57,315 $
93,412
150,727 $
6,573 $
41,885
29,841
71,726
5,119
$
$
$
$
2011
2010
(in thousands)
2009
95,331 $
2,594
412
69,167 $
1,358
115
44,041
1,094
987
74
Impaired loans include restructured loans and commercial, construction, agriculture, and commercial real estate loans on non-accrual or
classified as doubtful, whereby collection of the total amount is improbable, or loss, whereby all or a portion of the loan has been written off or a
specific allowance for loss had been provided.
The following table presents information related to loans individually evaluated for impairment by class of loan as of and for the year ended
December 31, 2011:
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
Recorded
Investment
Allowance
For Loan
Losses
Allocated
(in thousands)
Average
Recorded
Investment
Interest
Income
Recognized
With No Related Allowance Recorded:
Commercial
Commercial real estate:
Construction
Farmland
Other
Residential real estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
With An Allowance Recorded:
Commercial
Commercial real estate:
Construction
Farmland
Other
Residential real estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
Total
$
3,997 $
3,954 $
— $
3,489 $
8,381
4,230
26,590
2,904
10,883
—
637
540
8,288
4,146
26,068
2,904
10,784
—
631
540
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
9,635
2,403
19,606
1,029
6,805
—
253
108
1,078
1,078
237
1,125
15,915
6,375
64,984
13,079
5,934
59,431
1,891
15,342
—
—
—
163,747 $
1,412
12,478
—
—
—
150,727 $
1,941
532
2,808
487
568
—
—
—
6,573 $
4,039
6,302
29,091
1,795
9,651
—
—
—
95,331 $
$
146
57
36
459
35
296
—
5
—
69
93
322
609
115
352
—
—
—
2,594
The following table presents information related to loans individually evaluated for impairment by class of loan as of and for the year ended
December 31, 2010:
With No Related Allowance Recorded:
Commercial
Commercial real estate:
Construction
Farmland
Other
Residential real estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
With An Allowance Recorded:
Commercial
Commercial real estate:
Construction
Farmland
Other
Residential real estate:
Multi-family
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
Recorded
Investment
(in thousands)
Allowance
For Loan
Losses
Allocated
$
2,559 $
2,523 $
3,269
6,745
12,662
3,929
13,303
—
119
—
3,268
6,746
12,518
3,929
12,789
—
112
—
1,150
1,150
13,314
1,234
16,912
10,645
1,234
16,812
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
23
1,923
89
3,084
—
1-4 Family
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
Total
$
—
—
—
—
75,196 $
75
—
—
—
—
71,726 $
—
—
—
—
5,119
Troubled Debt Restructuring
A troubled debt restructuring (TDR) is where the Company has agreed to a loan modification in the form of a concession for a borrower who is
experiencing financial difficulty. The majority of the Company’s TDRs involve a reduction in interest rate, a deferral of principal for a stated
period of time, or an interest only period. All TDRs are considered impaired and the Company has allocated reserves for these loans to reflect
the present value of the concessionary terms granted to the customer.
76
The following table presents the types of TDR loan modifications by portfolio segment outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:
December 31, 2011
Commercial
Rate reduction
Principal deferral
Commercial Real Estate:
Construction
Rate reduction
Interest only payments
Farmland
Rate reduction
Principal deferral
Other
Rate reduction
Interest only payments
Residential Real Estate:
Multi-family
Rate reduction
Interest only payments
1-4 Family
Rate reduction
Principal deferral
Other
Rate reduction
Total TDRs
December 31, 2010
Commercial
Principal deferral
Commercial Real Estate:
Construction
Rate reduction
Farmland
Principal deferral
Other
Rate reduction
Interest only payments
Residential Real Estate:
Multi-family
Rate reduction
1-4 Family
Rate reduction
Total TDRs
TDRs
Performing
to
Modified
Terms
TDRs Not
Performing
to
Modified
Terms
(in thousands)
Total
TDRs
$
1,231 $
898
— $
—
1,231
898
11,155
—
182
746
3,767
1,404
—
5,101
42,946
1,288
20,446
—
2,247
656
12,255
—
1,413
—
7,176
247
14,922
1,404
182
5,847
63,392
1,288
3,660
656
19,431
247
540
74,144 $
—
39,554 $
540
113,698
$
$
894 $
— $
894
966
—
966
5,168
—
5,168
4,921
1,379
—
—
4,921
1,379
3,929
—
3,929
8,286
25,543 $
$
—
— $
8,286
25,543
77
At December 31, 2011 and 2010, 65% and 100%, respectively, of the Company’s TDRs were performing according to their modified terms. The
Company allocated $5.4 million and $1.1 million in reserves to customers whose loan terms have been modified in TDRs as of December 31,
2011 and 2010, respectively. The Company has committed to lend additional amounts totaling $317,000 and $273,000 as of December 31, 2011
and 2010, respectively, to customers with outstanding loans that are classified as TDRs.
The following table presents a summary of the types of TDR loan modifications by portfolio type that occurred during the twelve months ended
December 31, 2011:
December 31, 2011
Commercial
Rate reduction
Commercial Real Estate:
Construction
Rate reduction
Interest only payments
Farmland
Rate reduction
Principal deferral
Other
Rate reduction
Residential Real Estate:
Multi-family
Rate reduction
Interest only payments
1-4 Family
Rate reduction
Principal deferral
Other
Rate reduction
Total TDRs
TDRs
Performing
to
Modified
Terms
TDRs Not
Performing
to
Modified
Terms
(in thousands)
Total
TDRs
$
1,231 $
— $
1,231
11,155
—
3,367
1,404
14,522
1,404
182
746
—
—
182
746
41,682
20,446
62,128
2,247
656
7,968
—
—
—
1,651
247
2,247
656
9,619
247
540
66,407 $
—
27,115 $
540
93,522
$
As of December 31, 2011, 71% of the Company’s TDRs that occurred during 2011 were performing in accordance with their modified
terms. The Company has allocated $3.8 million in reserves to customers whose loan terms have been modified during 2011.
During 2011, approximately $33.2 million TDRs defaulted on their restructured loan and the default occurred within the 12 month period
following the loan modification. A default is considered to have occurred once the TDR is past due 90 days or more or it has been placed on
nonaccrual.
Nonperforming Loans
Nonperforming loans were as follows:
Loans past due 90 days or more still on accrual
Non-accrual loans
2011
2010
(in thousands)
1,350 $
92,020
594
59,799
$
78
Nonperforming loans include impaired loans and smaller balance homogeneous loans, such as residential mortgage and consumer loans, that are
collectively evaluated for impairment.
The following table presents the recorded investment in nonaccrual and loans past due 90 days and still on accrual by class of loan as of
December 31, 2011 and 2010:
Commercial
Commercial Real Estate:
Construction
Farmland
Other
Residential Real Estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
Total
Nonaccrual
Loans Past
Due 90 Days
And Over Still
Accruing
2011
2010
2011
2010
(in thousands)
$
2,903 $
2,778 $
109 $
13,564
9,152
35,154
2,921
27,375
320
631
—
92,020 $
12,651
2,811
23,031
345
17,778
293
112
—
59,799 $
—
26
918
—
265
—
32
—
1,350 $
$
432
—
143
12
—
—
7
—
—
594
The following table presents the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans by class as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:
December 30, 2011
Commercial
Commercial Real Estate:
Construction
Farmland
Other
Residential Real Estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
Total
30 – 59
Days
Past Due
60 – 89
Days
Past Due
90 Days
And Over
Past Due
Non-accrual
Total
Past Due
And
Non-accrual
$
2,792 $
91 $
109 $
2,903 $
5,895
(in thousands)
20
1,353
4,555
442
7,568
593
23
—
17,346 $
79
$
—
305
756
135
2,511
149
—
—
3,947 $
—
26
918
—
265
—
32
—
1,350 $
13,564
9,152
35,154
2,921
27,375
320
631
—
92,020 $
13,584
10,836
41,383
3,498
37,719
1,062
686
—
114,663
December 31, 2010
Commercial
Commercial Real Estate:
Construction
Farmland
Other
Residential Real Estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
Total
30 – 59
Days
Past Due
60 – 89
Days
Past Due
90 Days
And Over
Past Due
Non-accrual
Total
Past Due
And
Non-accrual
(in thousands)
$
477 $
110 $
432 $
2,778 $
3,797
1,097
1,232
7,855
714
8,239
1,156
186
—
20,956 $
346
145
2,094
71
3,218
164
—
—
6,148 $
$
—
143
12
—
—
7
—
—
594 $
12,651
2,811
23,031
345
17,778
293
112
—
59,799 $
14,094
4,331
32,992
1,130
29,235
1,620
298
—
87,497
Credit Quality Indicators – We categorize loans into risk categories at origination based upon original underwriting. Subsequent to origination,
we categorized loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as current
financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other
factors. Loans are analyzed individually by classifying the loans as to credit risk. This analysis includes loans with an outstanding balance
greater than $500,000 and non-homogeneous loans, such as commercial and commercial real estate loans. This analysis is performed on a
quarterly basis. We do not have any non-rated loans. The following definitions are used for risk ratings:
Watch – Loans classified as watch are those loans which have experienced a potentially adverse development which necessitates increased
monitoring.
Special Mention – Loans classified as special mention do not have all of the characteristics of substandard or doubtful loans. They have one or
more deficiencies which warrant special attention and which corrective action, such as accelerated collection practices, may remedy.
Substandard – Loans classified as substandard are those loans with clear and defined weaknesses such as a highly leveraged position,
unfavorable financial ratios, uncertain repayment sources or poor financial condition which may jeopardize the repayment of the debt as
contractually agreed. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that we will sustain some losses if the deficiencies are not corrected.
Doubtful – Loans classified as doubtful are those loans which have characteristics similar to substandard loans but with an increased risk that
collection or liquidation in full is highly questionable and improbable.
80
Loans not meeting the criteria above that are analyzed individually as part of the above described process are considered to be “Pass” rated
loans. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and based on the most recent analysis performed, the risk category of loans by class of loans is as
follows:
Pass
Watch
Special
Mention
Substandard Doubtful
Total
(in thousands)
$
53,223 $
9,357 $
3,237 $
5,300 $
99 $
71,216
45,407
69,881
213,406
37,807
247,422
23,721
22,502
453
713,822 $
13,132
4,955
80,149
4,619
28,734
1,418
343
540
143,247 $
7,777
2,688
30,787
2,100
2,276
43
14
—
48,922 $
35,155
13,236
99,502
15,884
58,891
762
911
—
229,641 $
$
—
199
—
—
26
67
—
—
391 $
101,471
90,959
423,844
60,410
337,349
26,011
23,770
993
1,136,023
Pass
Watch
Special
Mention
Substandard Doubtful
Total
(in thousands)
$
74,284 $
5,478 $
894 $
9,634 $
— $
90,290
137,631
74,220
280,091
65,482
298,748
30,197
22,923
1,060
984,636 $
15,397
2,481
82,548
3,493
18,783
1,069
1,086
—
130,335 $
12,968
—
2,334
1,328
1,458
6
—
—
18,988 $
33,528
8,822
76,871
4,616
34,429
623
168
—
168,691 $
$
—
—
—
—
—
18
—
—
18 $
199,524
85,523
441,844
74,919
353,418
31,913
24,177
1,060
1,302,668
December 31, 2011
Commercial
Commercial Real Estate:
Construction
Farmland
Other
Residential Real Estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
Total
December 31, 2010
Commercial
Commercial Real Estate:
Construction
Farmland
Other
Residential Real Estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Consumer
Agriculture
Other
Total
NOTE 5 – PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
Year-end premises and equipment were as follows:
Land and buildings
Furniture and equipment
Accumulated depreciation
Depreciation expense was $1,205,000, $1,450,000 and $1,486,000 for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
81
2011
2010
(in thousands)
23,493 $
19,086
42,579
(21,038 )
21,541 $
24,773
17,541
42,314
(19,846 )
22,468
$
$
NOTE 6 – OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED
Other real estate owned (OREO) is real estate acquired as a result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure. It is classified as real estate
owned until such time as it is sold. When property is acquired as a result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure, it is recorded at its fair
market value less cost to sell. Any write-down of the property at the time of acquisition is charged to the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent
reductions in fair value are recorded as non-interest expense. To determine the fair value of OREO for smaller dollar single family homes, we
consult with internal real estate sales staff and external realtors, investors, and appraisers. If the internally evaluated market price is below our
underlying investment in the property, appropriate write-downs are taken.
For larger dollar residential and commercial real estate properties, we obtain a new appraisal of the subject property in connection with the
transfer to other real estate owned. We obtain updated appraisals each year on the anniversary date of ownership unless a sale is imminent. We
continue to explore opportunities to bulk sell a package of OREO. While the ultimate outcome of a transaction is uncertain, we determined in
2011 that we would be willing to sell certain OREO properties at an amount below their individual appraised values. Accordingly, we adjusted
our valuations for these properties downward through additional provision of a valuation allowance to reflect a more aggressive disposition
strategy. These properties are primarily single and multi-family residential land development properties. The following table presents the major
categories of OREO at the period-ends indicated:
Commercial Real Estate:
Construction
Farmland
Other
Residential Real Estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Valuation allowance
OREO Valuation Allowance Activity:
Beginning balance
Provision to allowance
Write-downs
Ending balance
Activity relating to other real estate owned during the years indicated is as follows:
OREO Activity
OREO as of January 1
Real estate acquired
Valuation adjustments for sales strategy change
Valuation adjustments for declining market values
Improvements
Loss on sale
Proceeds from sale of properties
OREO as of December 31
82
2011
2010
(in thousands)
32,538 $
744
6,620
—
3,214
43,116
(1,667 )
41,449 $
51,191
1,904
6,504
823
7,913
68,335
(700 )
67,635
2011
2010
(in thousands)
700 $
34,874
(33,907 )
1,667 $
—
14,062
(13,362 )
700
2011
2010
(in thousands)
68,335 $
41,917
(25,613 )
(8,294 )
1,650
(8,889 )
(25,990 )
43,116 $
14,548
90,787
—
(13,362 )
1,947
(565 )
(25,020 )
68,335
$
$
$
$
$
$
Expenses related to other real estate owned include:
Net loss on sales
Provision to allowance
Operating expense
Total
NOTE 7 – GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Goodwill
The change in balance of goodwill during the years indicated was as follows:
Beginning of year
Acquired goodwill
Impairment
End of year
2011
2010
(in thousands)
2009
$
$
8,889 $
34,874
3,762
47,525 $
565 $
14,062
1,627
16,254 $
190
500
465
1,155
2011
2010
(in thousands)
23,794 $
—
(23,794 )
— $
23,794
—
—
23,794
$
$
The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment annually in the fourth quarter unless events or changes in circumstances indicate potential
impairment may have occurred between annual assessments. Goodwill was reviewed for impairment during the second quarter of 2011 because
our common stock, which trades publicly on the NASDAQ, experienced a significant drop in value throughout the months of May and June
2011. We assessed goodwill for impairment during the fourth quarter of 2010 with the assistance of an independent valuation professional by
applying a series of fair-value-based tests. While step 1 of last year’s evaluation indicated potential impairment, the detailed step 2 test
concluded that our goodwill was not impaired. Our stock trended downward during the first quarter of 2011 and continued downward
throughout the months of May and June 2011. The stock closed on June 30, 2011 at $4.98 per share and has traded at a market price less than
book value per common share since the second quarter of 2010.
We evaluated the potential negative impact on the value of our common stock from being removed from the Russell 3000 Index during June
2011, the trend of lower earnings in 2011 compared to historical performance due to the continuing impact on earnings from loan loss
provisions, non-performing loans, and foreclosed properties, and recent regulatory agreements entered into by the company. Our goodwill
impairment testing completed during the fourth quarter of 2010 included, among other things, future projections of earnings at levels exceeding
actual results for 2011. The level of loan loss provisions and the cost of foreclosed properties continue to exceed our prior expectations as we
work through issues with our non-performing loan levels and other real estate owned portfolio.
The fair value was determined utilizing our market capitalization based upon recent common stock price levels. We also considered market
comparison transactions and control premiums for institutions of a similar size and performance. Based on this analysis, we determined that our
Goodwill was impaired and recorded an impairment charge of $23.8 million in the quarter ended June 30, 2011. The impairment charge had no
impact on the Company’s liquidity, cash flows, or regulatory ratios.
Acquired Intangible Assets
Acquired intangible assets were as follows as of year-end:
Amortized intangible assets:
Core deposit intangibles
Trust account intangibles
2011
2010
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
(in thousands)
$
4,183 $
100
2,124 $
43
4,183 $
100
1,666
33
Aggregate amortization expense was $468,000, $469,000 and $469,000 for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
83
Estimated aggregate amortization expense for intangible assets for each of the next five years is as follows (in thousands):
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
NOTE 8 – DEPOSITS
$
466
437
407
345
344
Time deposits of $100,000 or more were approximately $493,344,000 and $597,872,000 at year-end 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Scheduled maturities of total time deposits for each of the next five years are as follows (in thousands):
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
Thereafter
$
$
633,292
66,391
148,525
162,058
13,966
101
1,024,333
NOTE 9 – SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are financing arrangements that mature within two years. At maturity, the securities underlying
the agreements are returned to the Company. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are secured by agency, mortgage-backed, and
municipal securities. Information concerning securities sold under agreements to repurchase is summarized as follows:
Balance at year-end
Average daily balance during the year
Average interest rate during the year
Maximum month-end balance during the year
Weighted average interest rate at year-end
Fair value of securities sold under agreements to repurchase at year-end
2011
2010
(in thousands)
1,738 $
10,451 $
4.20 %
11,672 $
2.26 %
1,738 $
11,616
11,529
4.18 %
12,011
4.20 %
11,616
$
$
$
$
During 2011, we retired a $10 million repurchase agreement prior to maturity and incurred a prepayment penalty of $312,000.
NOTE 10 – ADVANCES FROM FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK
At year-end, advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank were as follows:
Single maturity advance with fixed rate of 4.48% for 2010
Monthly amortizing advances with fixed rates from 0.00% to 5.25% and maturities ranging from
2012 through 2033, averaging 3.31% for 2011
Total
2011
2010
(in thousands)
— $
5,000
7,116
7,116 $
10,022
15,022
$
$
Each advance is payable per terms on agreement, with a prepayment penalty. During 2011, we incurred prepayment penalties of $174,000 on the
prepayments of advances totaling $5.5 million. The advances were collateralized by approximately $411,464,000 and $465,084,000 of first
mortgage loans, under a blanket lien arrangement at year-end 2011 and 2010. Based on this collateral and the Company’s holdings of Federal
Home Loan Bank stock, the Company was eligible to borrow up to an additional $106,023,000 at year-end 2011. Subsequent to year-end, as a
result of our recent financial results, the FHLB changed our collateral arrangements from a blanket pledge of residential mortgage loans to a
detailed loan listing requirement. Our borrowing capacity under the detailed loan listing requirement is based on the market value of the
underlying pledged loans rather than the unpaid principal balance of the pledged loans. The listing requirement also increases the level of
collateral required for borrowings. We are working with the FHLB to finalize the loans in our borrowing base under the listing requirement and
understand that our borrowing capacity will be at significantly lower levels until our financial performance improves.
84
Scheduled principal payments on the above during the next five years (in thousands):
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
Thereafter
Advances
1,554
$
1,044
736
676
638
2,468
7,116
$
At year-end 2011, the Company had approximately $15 million of federal funds lines of credit available from correspondent institutions,
however, the availability of these lines could be affected by our financial position.
NOTE 11 – SUBORDINATED CAPITAL NOTE
The subordinated capital note issued by PBI Bank totaled $7.7 million at December 31, 2011. The note is unsecured, bears interest at the BBA
three-month LIBOR floating rate plus 300 basis points, and qualifies as Tier 2 capital. Interest only was due quarterly through September 30,
2010, at which time quarterly principal payments of $225,000 plus interest commenced. Scheduled principal payments of $900,000 per year are
due each of the next five years with $3,150,000 due thereafter. The note matures July 1, 2020. At December 31, 2011, the interest rate on this
note was 3.37%.
NOTE 12 – JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES
The junior subordinated debentures are redeemable at par prior to the maturity dates of February 13, 2034, April 15, 2034, and March 1, 2037, at
the option of the Company as defined within the trust indenture. The Company has the option to defer interest payments on the junior
subordinated debentures from time to time for a period not to exceed twenty (20) consecutive quarters. If payments are deferred, the Company is
prohibited from paying dividends to its common stockholders. Effective with the fourth quarter of 2011, we began deferring interest payments
on the junior subordinated notes which resulted in a deferral of distributions on our trust preferred securities. Therefore, future cash dividends on
our common stock are subject to the prior payment of all deferred distributions on our trust preferred securities. A summary of the junior
subordinated debentures is as follows:
Description
Porter Statutory Trust II
Porter Statutory Trust III
Porter Statutory Trust IV
Asencia Statutory Trust I
Issuance
Date
Optional
Prepayment
Date (2)
02-13-2004 03-17-2009
04-15-2004 06-17-2009
12-14-2006 03-01-2012
02-13-2004 03-17-2009
Interest Rate (1)
3-month LIBOR + 2.85%
3-month LIBOR + 2.79%
3-month LIBOR + 1.67%
3-month LIBOR + 2.85%
Junior
Subordinated
Debt Owed
to
Trust
5,000,000 02-13-2034
3,000,000 04-15-2034
14,000,000 03-01-2037
3,000,000 02-13-2034
Maturity
Date
$
(1) As of December 31, 2011 the 3-month LIBOR was 0.58%.
(2) The debentures are callable on or after the optional prepayment date at their principal amount plus accrued interest.
NOTE 13 – OTHER BENEFIT PLANS
401(K) Plan – The Company 401(k) Savings Plan allows employees to contribute up to 15% of their compensation, which is matched equal to
50% of the first 4% of compensation contributed. The Company, at its discretion, may make an additional contribution. Total contributions made
by the Company to the plan amounted to approximately $131,000, $188,000 and $391,000 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
$ 25,000,000
85
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan – During 2004, the Company created a supplemental executive retirement plan covering certain
executive officers. Under the plan, the Company pays each participant, or their beneficiary, a specific defined benefit amount over 10 years,
beginning with the individual’s termination of service. A liability is accrued for the obligation under these plans. The expense incurred for the
plan was $49,000, $264,000 and $180,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The related liability was
$1,208,000, $1,161,000 and $897,000 at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and is included in other liabilities on the balance
sheets.
The Company purchased life insurance on the participants to fund the benefits of these plans. The cash surrender value of all insurance policies
was $8,106,000 and $7,805,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Income earned from the cash surrender value of life insurance
totaled $301,000, $296,000 and $283,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The income is recorded as other
non-interest income
NOTE 14 – INCOME TAXES
Income tax expense (benefit) was as follows:
Current
Deferred
Net operating loss
Establishment of valuation allowance
2011
2010
(in thousands)
2009
$
$
(12,093 ) $
(17,403 )
(2,439 )
31,717
(218 ) $
4,852 $
(7,898 )
—
—
(3,046 ) $
7,943
(2,519 )
—
—
5,424
Effective tax rates differ from federal statutory rate of 35% applied to income (loss) before income taxes due to the following.
Federal statutory rate times financial statement income (loss)
Effect of:
Establishment of valuation allowance
Goodwill impairment charge
Tax-exempt income
Nontaxable life insurance income
Federal tax credits
Other, net
Total
Year-end deferred tax assets and liabilities were due to the following.
2011
2010
(in thousands)
2009
$
(37,634 ) $
(2,600 ) $
5,772
31,717
6,169
(392 )
(105 )
(45 )
72
(218 ) $
—
—
(302 )
(104 )
(45 )
5
(3,046 ) $
—
—
(303 )
(99 )
(45 )
99
5,424
$
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for loan losses
Other real estate owned write-down
Net operating loss carry-forward
New market tax credit carry-forward
Alternative minimum tax credit carry-forward
Net assets from acquisitions
Other than temporary impairment on securities
Amortization of non-compete agreements
Other
Deferred tax liabilities:
Fixed assets
Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale
FHLB stock dividends
Net assets from acquisitions
Originated mortgage servicing rights
Other
Net deferred tax asset before valuation allowance
Valuation allowance
$
2011
2010
(in thousands)
18,403 $
12,905
2,470
208
685
543
374
27
827
36,442
445
2,242
1,276
—
103
659
4,725
31,717
(31,717 )
12,000
5,316
31
—
—
—
362
43
652
18,404
508
1,159
1,276
1,666
98
739
5,446
12,958
—
Net deferred tax asset
$
— $
12,958
86
Our estimate of the realizability of the deferred tax asset is dependent on our estimate of projected future levels of taxable income as all
carryback ability was fully absorbed by our estimated tax loss of approximately $40 million for 2011. In analyzing future taxable income levels,
we considered all evidence currently available, both positive and negative. Based on our analysis, we established a valuation allowance for all
deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2011.
The Company does not have any beginning and ending unrecognized tax benefits. The Company does not expect the total amount of
unrecognized tax benefits to significantly increase or decrease in the next twelve months. There were no interest and penalties recorded in the
income statement or accrued for the year ended December 31, 2011 related to unrecognized tax benefits.
The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal income tax and the Company is subject to income tax in the state of Kentucky. The
Company is no longer subject to examination by taxing authorities for years before 2008.
NOTE 15 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Loans to principal officers, directors, and their affiliates in 2011 were as follows (in thousands):
Beginning balance
New loans
Repayments
Ending balance
$
$
1,723
75
(422 )
1,376
Deposits from principal officers, directors, and their affiliates at year-end 2011 and 2010 were $2.5 million and $8.5 million, respectively.
Our loan participation totals include participations in real estate loans purchased from and sold to two affiliate banks, The Peoples Bank, Mt.
Washington and The Peoples Bank, Taylorsville. Our chairman, J. Chester Porter and his brother, William G. Porter, each own a 50% interest in
Lake Valley Bancorp, Inc., the parent holding company of The Peoples Bank, Taylorsville, Kentucky. J. Chester Porter, William G. Porter and
our president and chief executive officer, Maria L. Bouvette, serve as directors of The Peoples Bank, Taylorsville. Our chairman, J. Chester
Porter owns an interest of approximately 36.0% and his brother, William G. Porter, owns an interest of approximately 3.0% in Crossroads
Bancorp, Inc., the parent holding company of The Peoples Bank, Mount Washington, Kentucky. J. Chester Porter and Maria L. Bouvette, serve
as directors of The Peoples Bank, Mount Washington. We have entered into management services agreements with each of these banks. Each
agreement provides that our executives and employees provide management and accounting services to the subject bank, including overall
responsibility for establishing and implementing policy and strategic planning. Maria Bouvette also serves as chief financial officer of each of
the banks. We receive a $4,000 monthly fee from The Peoples Bank, Taylorsville and a $2,000 monthly fee from The Peoples Bank, Mount
Washington for these services.
As of December 31, 2011, we had $4.1 million of participations in real estate loans purchased from, and $13.2 million of participations in real
estate loans sold, to these affiliate banks. As of December 31, 2010, we had $4.3 million of participations in real estate loans purchased from,
and $19.7 million of participations in real estate loans sold to, these affiliate banks. At December 31, 2011, $1.8 million and $1.8 million of loan
participations sold to Peoples Bank, Taylorsville, and Peoples Bank, Mt. Washington, respectively, were on non-accrual.
NOTE 16 – PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCK PURCHASE WARRANTS
In 2010, we completed a $32 million private placement to accredited investors. Following completion of the transactions involved, Porter
Bancorp had issued (i) 2,465,569 shares of common stock, (ii) 317,042 shares of Series C Preferred Stock and (iii) warrants to purchase to
purchase 1,163,045 shares of non-voting common stock at a price of $11.50 per share.
87
The Series C Preferred Stock has no voting rights (except when required by law), has a liquidation preference over our common stock, dividend
rights equivalent to our common stock. Each share of Series C Preferred Stock automatically converts into 1.05 shares of common stock at such
time as, after giving effect to the automatic conversion, the holder of such Series C Preferred Stock (together with its affiliates and any other
persons with which it is acting in concert or whose holdings would otherwise be required to be aggregated for purposes of federal banking law)
beneficially holds, directly or indirectly, less than 9.9% of the number of shares of common stock then issued and outstanding.
The warrants are exercisable into non-voting common stock until they expire on September 16, 2015. The non-voting common stock has no
voting rights (except when required by law), but otherwise has substantially the same rights as our common stock. Upon issuance, each share of
non-voting common stock automatically converts into 1.05 shares of common stock at such time as, after giving effect to the automatic
conversion, the holder of non-voting common stock (together with its affiliates and any other persons with which it is acting in concert or whose
holdings would otherwise be required to be aggregated for purposes of federal banking law) holds, directly or indirectly, beneficially less than
9.9% of the number of shares of common stock then issued and outstanding.
On November 21, 2008, we issued to the U.S. Treasury, in exchange for aggregate consideration of $35.0 million, 35,000 shares of our Series A
Preferred Stock and a warrant to purchase up to 330,561 shares of our common stock for $15.88 per share. The warrant is immediately
exercisable and has a 10-year term. The Series A Preferred Stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital and pays cumulative cash dividends quarterly at an
annual rate of 5% for the first five years, and 9% thereafter. The Series A Preferred Stock is non-voting (except when required by law) and,
beginning on February 15, 2012, may be redeemed by the Company at $1,000 per share plus accrued unpaid dividends.
In the fourth quarter of 2011, we began deferring the payment of regular quarterly cash dividends on our Series A Preferred Stock issued to the
U.S. Treasury. If we defer dividend payments for six quarters, the holder of our Series A Preferred Stock (currently the U.S. Treasury) would
then have the right to appoint representatives to our Board of Directors. We will continue to accrue any deferred dividends, which will be
deducted from income to common shareholders for financial statement purposes.
NOTE 17 – CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS AND RESTRICTIONS ON RETAINED EARNINGS
Banks and bank holding companies are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Capital adequacy
guidelines and, additionally for banks, prompt corrective action regulations involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-
balance-sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative
judgments by regulators. Failure to meet capital requirements can initiate regulatory action.
On June 24, 2011, PBI Bank entered into a Consent Order with the FDIC and the Kentucky Department of Financial Institutions. The consent
order requires the Bank to complete a management study, to maintain Tier 1 capital as a percentage of total assets of at least 9% and a total risk
based capital ratio of at least 12%, to develop a plan to reduce our risk position in each substandard asset in excess of $1 million, to complete
board review of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses prior to quarterly Call Report submissions, to adopt procedures which strengthen
the loan review function and ensure timely and accurate grading of credit relationships, to charge-off all assets classified as loss, to develop a
plan to reduce concentrations of construction and development loans to not more than 75% of total risk based capital and non-owner occupied
commercial real estate loans to not more than 250% of total risk based capital, to limit asset growth to no more than 5% in any quarter or 10%
annually, to not extend additional credit to any borrower classified substandard unless the board of directors adopts prior to the extension a
detailed statement giving reasons why the extension is in the best interest of the bank, and to not declare or pay any dividend without the prior
consent of our regulators. We are also restricted from accepting, renewing, or rolling-over brokered deposits without the prior receipt of a
waiver on a case-by-case basis from our regulators.
On September 21, 2011, we entered into a Written Agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis. Pursuant to the Agreement, we made
formal commitments to use our financial and management resources to serve as a source of strength for the Bank and to assist the Bank in
addressing weaknesses identified by the FDIC and the KDFI, to pay no dividends without prior written approval, to pay no interest or principal
on subordinated debentures or trust preferred securities without prior written approval, and to submit an acceptable plan to maintain sufficient
capital.
88
The following table shows the ratios of Tier 1 capital and total capital to risk-adjusted assets and the leverage ratios for Porter Bancorp, Inc. and
PBI Bank at the dates indicated:
December 31, 2011
December 31, 2010
Regulatory
Minimums
Well-
Capitalized
Minimums
Minimum
Capital
Ratios
Under
Consent
Order
Porter
Bancorp
PBI
Bank
Porter
Bancorp
PBI
Bank
Tier 1 Capital
Total risk-based
capital
Tier 1 leverage ratio
4.0 %
8.0
4.0
6.0 %
N/A
9.23 %
8.86 %
14.39 %
12.79 %
10.0
5.0
12.0 %
9.0
11.22
6.53
10.86
6.23
16.32
11.08
14.72
9.85
At December 31, 2011, PBI Bank’s Tier 1 leverage ratio declined to 6.23% which is below the 9% minimum capital ratio required by the
Consent Order and its total risk-based capital ratio declined to 10.86% which is below the 12% minimum capital ratio required by the Consent
Order. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators
that, if undertaken, could have a materially adverse effect on our financial condition.
Kentucky banking laws limit the amount of dividends that may be paid to a holding company by its subsidiary banks without prior approval.
These laws limit the amount of dividends that may be paid in any calendar year to current year’s net income, as defined in the laws, combined
with the retained net income of the preceding two years, less any dividends declared during those periods. PBI Bank has agreed with its primary
regulators to obtain their written consent prior to declaring or paying any future dividends. As a practical matter, PBI Bank cannot pay dividends
for the foreseeable future.
NOTE 18 – LOAN COMMITMENTS AND OTHER RELATED ACTIVITIES
Some financial instruments, such as loan commitments, lines of credit and letters of credit are issued to meet customer-financing needs. These
are agreements to provide credit or to support the credit of others, as long as conditions established in the contract are met, and usually have
expiration dates. Commitments may expire without being used. Off-balance-sheet risk to credit loss exists up to the face amount of these
instruments, although material losses are not anticipated. The same credit policies are used to make such commitments as are used for loans,
including obtaining collateral at exercise of the commitment.
The Company holds instruments, in the normal course of business, with clients that are considered financial guarantees. Standby letters of credit
guarantees are issued in connection with agreements made by clients to counterparties. Standby letters of credit are contingent upon failure of the
client to perform the terms of the underlying contract. The Company evaluates each credit request of its customers in accordance with
established lending policies. Based on these evaluations and the underlying policies, the amount of required collateral (if any) is established.
Collateral held varies but may include negotiable instruments, accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment, income producing
properties, residential real estate, and vehicles. The Company’s access to these collateral items is generally established through the maintenance
of recorded liens or, in the case of negotiable instruments, possession. No liability is currently established for the standby letters of credit.
The contractual amounts of financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk at year end were as follows:
Commitments to make loans
Unused lines of credit
Standby letters of credit
2011
2010
Fixed
Rate
Variable
Rate
Fixed
Rate
Variable
Rate
$
4,413 $
13,485
746
(in thousands)
9,458 $
49,312
2,707
8,973 $
14,299
509
22,782
59,428
3,313
Commitments to make loans are generally made for periods of one year or less.
NOTE 19 – FAIR VALUES
Fair value is the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (exit price) in the principal or most
advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. We use various
valuation techniques to determine fair value, including market, income and cost approaches. There are three levels of inputs that may be used to
measure fair values:
89
Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that an entity has the ability to access as of the
measurement date, or observable inputs.
Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted
prices in markets that are not active, and other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect an entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would
use in pricing an asset or liability.
In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. When that occurs, we classify the
fair value hierarchy on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. We used the following methods and significant
assumptions to estimate fair value.
Securities: The fair values of securities available for sale are determined by obtaining quoted prices on nationally recognized securities
exchanges, if available. This valuation method is classified as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy. For securities where quoted prices are
not available, fair values are calculated on market prices of similar securities, or matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique used
widely in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by
relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities. Matrix pricing relies on the securities’ relationship to
similarly traded securities, benchmark curves, and the benchmarking of like securities. Matrix pricing utilizes observable market inputs
such as benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers,
reference data, and industry and economic events. In instances where broker quotes are used, these quotes are obtained from market
makers or broker-dealers recognized to be market participants. This valuation method is classified as Level 2 in the fair value
hierarchy. For securities where quoted prices or market prices of similar securities are not available, fair values are calculated using
discounted cash flows or other market indicators. This valuation method is classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. Discounted
cash flows are calculated using spread to swap and LIBOR curves that are updated to incorporate loss severities, volatility, credit spread
and optionality. During times when trading is more liquid, broker quotes are used (if available) to validate the model. Rating agency
and industry research reports as well as defaults and deferrals on individual securities are reviewed and incorporated into the
calculations.
Impaired Loans: An impaired loan is evaluated at the time the loan is identified as impaired and is recorded at fair value less costs to
sell. Fair value is measured based on the value of the collateral securing the loan and is classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.
Fair value is determined using several methods. Generally, the fair value of real estate is determined based on appraisals by qualified
licensed appraisers. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable
sales and the income approach.
Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and
income data available. These routine adjustments are made to adjust the value of a specific property relative to comparable properties
for variations in qualities such as location, size, and income production capacity relative to the subject property of the appraisal. Such
adjustments are typically significant and result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value.
We routinely apply an internal discount to the value of appraisals used in the fair value evaluation of our impaired loans. The
deductions to the appraisal take into account changing business factors and market conditions, as well as potential value impairment in
cases where our appraisal date predates a likely change in market conditions. These deductions range from 10% for routine real estate
collateral to 25% for real estate that is determined (1) to have a thin trading market or (2) to be specialized collateral. This is in addition
to estimated discounts for cost to sell of six to ten percent.
Impaired loans are evaluated quarterly for additional impairment. We obtain updated appraisals on properties securing our loans when
circumstances are warranted such as at the time of renewal or when market conditions have significantly changed. This determination is
made on a property-by-property basis in light of circumstances in the broader economic climate and our assessment of deterioration of
real estate values in the market in which the property is located. The first stage of our assessment involves management’s inspection of
the property in question. Management also engages in conversations with local real estate professionals, investors, and market makers
to determine the likely marketing time and value range for the property. The second stage involves an assessment of current trends in
the regional market. After thorough consideration of these factors, management will either internally evaluate fair value or order a new
appraisal.
90
Other Real Estate Owned (OREO) : OREO is evaluated at the time of acquisition and recorded at fair value as determined by
independent appraisal or internal market evaluation less cost to sell. Our quarterly evaluations of OREO for impairment are driven by
property type. For smaller dollar single family homes, we consult with internal real estate sales staff and external realtors, investors,
and appraisers. Based on these consultations, we determine asking prices for OREO properties we are marketing for sale. If the
internally evaluated fair value is below our recorded investment in the property, appropriate write-downs are taken.
For larger dollar commercial real estate properties, we obtain a new appraisal of the subject property in connection with the transfer to
other real estate owned. In some of these circumstances, an appraisal is in process at quarter end, and we must make our best estimate
of the fair value of the underlying collateral based on our internal evaluation of the property, review of the most recent appraisal, and
discussions with the currently engaged appraiser. We obtain updated appraisals on the anniversary date of ownership unless a sale is
imminent.
We routinely apply an internal discount to the value of appraisals used in the fair value evaluation of our OREO. The deductions to the
appraisal take into account changing business factors and market conditions, as well as potential value impairment in cases where our
appraisal date predates a likely change in market conditions. These deductions range from 10% for routine real estate collateral to 25%
for real estate that is determined (1) to have a thin trading market or (2) to be specialized collateral. This is in addition to estimated
discounts for cost to sell of six to ten percent.
In 2011, management, with concurrence of the Board of Directors, determined that certain properties held in other real estate were not
likely to be successfully disposed of in an acceptable time-frame using routine marketing efforts. It became apparent that certain
properties were going to require extended holding periods to sell the properties at recent appraised values. These properties are
primarily single and multi-family residential loan development properties. Given our change in strategy to reduce non-performing
assets in an accelerated manner, management adjusted downward the valuations for these properties in our OREO portfolio to amounts
below their individual appraised values.
Financial assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis are summarized below:
Fair Value Measurements at December 31,
2011 Using
(in thousands)
Quoted
Prices In
Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Carrying
Value
$
$
11,643 $
38,062
99,475
7,332
606
1,715
158,833 $
- $
-
-
-
-
1,715
1,715 $
11,643 $
36,889
99,475
7,332
-
-
155,339 $
-
1,173
-
-
606
-
1,779
Fair Value Measurements at December 31,
2010 Using
(in thousands)
Quoted
Prices In
Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
Significant
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Carrying
Value
$
$
6,010 $
27,002
61,855
9,219
572
1,651
106,309 $
$
-
-
-
-
1,651
1,651 $
6,010 $
27,002
61,855
9,219
-
-
104,086 $
-
-
-
-
572
-
572
Description
Available-for-sale securities
U.S. Government and
federal agency
State and municipal
Agency mortgage-backed
Corporate bonds
Other debt securities
Equity securities
Total
Description
Available-for-sale securities
U.S. Government and
federal agency
State and municipal
Agency mortgage-backed
Corporate bonds
Other debt securities
Equity securities
Total
91
The table below presents a reconciliation of all assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)
for the periods ended December 31, 2011:
Balance of recurring Level 3 assets at January 1, 2011
Net change in unrealized gain
Transfers into Level 3
Balance of recurring Level 3 assets at December 31, 2011
Investment
Securities
Available-for-sale
572
$
34
1,173
1,779
$
The fair value for five municipal securities with fair values of $1.2 million as of December 31, 2011 were transferred out of Level 2 and into
Level 3 because of a lack of observable market data for these investments due to a decrease in market activity for these securities. Our policy is
to recognize transfers as of the end of the reporting period. As a result, the fair value for these municipal securities was transferred on December
31, 2011.
Financial assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis are summarized below:
Fair Value Measurements at December 31,
2011 Using
(in thousands)
Quoted
Prices In
Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Carrying
Value
$
841 $
11,138
5,402
56,623
925
11,910
31,280
715
6,364
3,090
- $
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- $
841
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
11,138
5,402
56,623
925
11,910
31,280
715
6,364
3,090
Fair Value Measurements at December 31,
2010 Using
(in thousands)
Quoted
Prices In
Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
Significant
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Carrying
Value
$
1,127 $
8,722
1,145
13,728
- $
-
-
-
- $
1,127
-
-
-
8,722
1,145
13,728
50,491
-
-
50,491
Description
Impaired loans
Commercial
Commercial real estate:
Construction
Farmland
Other
Residential real estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
Other real estate owned, net
Commercial real estate:
Construction
Farmland
Other
Residential real estate:
1-4 Family
Description
Impaired loans
Commercial
Commercial real estate:
Construction
Farmland
Other
Other real estate owned, net
Commercial real estate:
Construction
Farmland
Other
Residential real estate:
Multi-family
1-4 Family
1,904
6,504
823
7,913
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1,904
6,504
823
7,913
92
Impaired loans, which are measured for impairment using the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans, had a carrying amount of
$73.9 million, with a valuation allowance of $5.6 million, at December 31, 2011, resulting in an additional provision for loan losses of $4.4
million for the year ended December 31, 2011. At December 31, 2010, impaired loans had a carrying amount of $29.8 million, with a valuation
allowance of $5.1 million, resulting in an additional provision for loan losses of $4.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.
Other real estate owned which is measured at the lower of carrying or fair value less costs to sell, had a net carrying amount of $41.4 million as
of December 31, 2011, compared with $67.6 million at December 31, 2010. Write-downs of $34.9 million and $14.1 million were recorded on
other real estate owned for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Carrying amount and estimated fair values of financial instruments were as follows at year-end:
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Securities available-for-sale
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
Mortgage loans held for sale
Loans, net
Accrued interest receivable
Financial liabilities
Deposits
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
Subordinated capital notes
Junior subordinated debentures
Accrued interest payable
$
$
2011
2010
Carrying
Amount
Fair
Value
Carrying
Amount
Fair
Value
(in thousands)
105,962 $
158,833
10,072
694
1,083,444
6,682
105,962 $
158,833
N/A
694
1,093,456
6,682
185,435 $
106,309
10,072
345
1,268,383
7,668
185,435
106,309
N/A
345
1,276,198
7,668
1,323,763 $
1,738
7,116
7,650
25,000
1,732
1,332,133 $
1,738
7,015
7,110
19,765
1,732
1,467,668 $
11,616
15,022
8,550
25,000
1,910
1,472,677
11,616
15,051
7,879
21,474
1,910
The methods and assumptions used to estimate fair value are described as follows:
Carrying amount is the estimated fair value for cash and cash equivalents, interest-bearing deposits with financial institutions, repurchase
agreements, mortgage loans held for sale, accrued interest receivable and payable, demand deposits, short-term borrowings, and variable rate
loans or deposits that reprice frequently and fully. As permitted under ASC 825-10-55-3, “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial
Instruments,” for purposes of the disclosures in this footnote, the fair value of loans has been determined using the contractual cash flows of
loans discounted at interest rates currently offered for similar loans. For fixed rate loans or deposits and for variable rate loans or deposits with
infrequent repricing or repricing limits, fair value is based on discounted cash flows using current market rates applied to the estimated life and
credit risk. Fair value of subordinated capital notes and junior subordinated debentures are based on current rates for similar types of financing.
The carrying amount is the estimated fair value for variable and subordinated debentures that reprice frequently. It was not practicable to
determine the fair value of FHLB stock due to restrictions placed on its transferability. The fair value of debt is based on current rates for similar
financing. The fair value of off-balance-sheet items is based on the current fees or cost that would be charged to enter into or terminate such
arrangements, which is not material.
NOTE 20 – STOCK PLANS AND STOCK BASED COMPENSATION
The Company has a stock option plan and a stock incentive plan. On February 23, 2006, the Company adopted the Porter Bancorp, Inc. 2006
Stock Incentive Plan. The 2006 Plan permits the issuance of up to 400,000 shares of the Company’s common stock upon the exercise of stock
options or upon the grant of stock awards. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had granted outstanding options to purchase 4,058
shares. The Company also had granted 96,283 unvested shares net of forfeitures and vesting. The Company has 222,595 shares remaining
available for issue under the plan. All shares issued under the above mentioned plans came from authorized and unissued shares.
93
On May 15, 2006, the board of directors approved the Porter Bancorp, Inc. 2006 Non-Employee Directors Stock Ownership Incentive Plan,
which was approved by holders of the Company’s voting common stock on June 8, 2006. On May 22, 2008, shareholders voted to amend the
plan to change the form of incentive award from stock options to unvested shares. Under the terms of the plan, 100,000 shares are reserved for
issuance to non-employee directors upon the exercise of stock options or upon the grant of unvested stock awards granted under the plan. Prior
to the amendment, options were granted automatically under the plan at fair market value on the date of grant. The options vest over a three-year
period and have a five year term. Unvested shares are granted automatically under the plan at fair market value on the date of grant and vest
semi-annually on the anniversary date of the grant over three years. To date, the Company has granted options to purchase 25,472 shares and
issued 3,943 unvested shares to non-employee directors. At December 31, 2011, 64,183 shares remain available for issue under this plan.
All stock options have an exercise price that is equal to or greater than the fair market value of the Company’s stock on the date the options were
granted. Options granted generally become fully exercisable at the end of three years of continued employment. Options have a life of five
years.
The following table summarizes stock option activity as of and for the year indicated:
Outstanding, beginning
Forfeited
Expired
Outstanding, ending
The following table details stock options outstanding:
Stock options vested and currently exercisable:
Weighted average exercise price
Aggregate intrinsic value
Weighted average remaining life (in years)
Total Options Outstanding:
Aggregate intrinsic value
Weighted average remaining life (in years)
December 31, 2011
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Options
86,469 $
(9,557 )
(47,382 )
29,530 $
20.72
19.49
21.49
19.88
$
$
December 31, 2011
29,530
19.88
—
0.4
29,530
—
0.4
$
The intrinsic value of stock options is calculated based on the exercise price of the underlying awards and the market price of our common stock
as of the reporting date. The intrinsic value of the vested and expected to vest stock options is $0 at December 31, 2011. There were no options
exercised during 2011 or 2010. The Company recorded no stock option compensation during 2011, and $2,000 during 2010, to salaries and
employee benefits. A deferred tax benefit of $1,000 was recognized related to the 2010 expense. No options were modified during either period.
As of December 31, 2011, no stock options issued by the Company have been exercised.
The fair value of each stock option granted is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes based stock option valuation model. This
model requires the input of subjective assumptions that will usually have a significant impact on the fair value estimate. Expected volatilities are
based on volatilities of similar publicly traded companies due to the limited historical trading activity of the Company’s stock, and other factors.
Expected dividends are based on dividend trends and the market price of the Company’s stock price at grant. The Company uses historical data
to estimate option exercises within the valuation model. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the
U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. No options were granted in 2011 or 2010.
From time-to-time, the Company issues unvested shares to employees and non-employee directors. The shares vest either semi-annually or
annually over three to ten years on the anniversary date of the issuance date provided the employee or director continues in such capacity at the
vesting date. The fair value on the date of issuance for shares issued during 2011 was $5.36 per share. The Company recorded $436,000 and
$465,000, respectively, of stock-based compensation during 2011 and 2010 to salaries and employee benefits. There was no significant impact
on compensation expense resulting from forfeited or expired shares. We expect that substantially all of the unvested shares outstanding at the
end of the period will vest according to the vesting schedule. A deferred tax benefit of $153,000 and $163,000, respectively, was recognized
related to this expense.
94
The following table summarizes unvested share activity as of and for the year indicated:
Outstanding, beginning
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Outstanding, ending
December 31, 2011
Unvested
Shares
157,697 $
2,800
(35,836 )
(24,435 )
100,226 $
Weighted
Average
Grant
Price
13.43
5.36
13.00
14.04
13.21
Unrecognized stock based compensation expense related to stock options and unvested shares for 2012 and beyond is estimated as follows (in
thousands):
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016 & thereafter
NOTE 21 – EARNINGS PER SHARE
The factors used in the basic and diluted earnings per share computation follow:
Net income (loss)
Less:
Preferred stock dividends
Accretion of Series A preferred stock discount
(Earnings) loss allocated to unvested shares
(Earnings) loss allocated to Series C preferred
$
427
344
240
116
33
2011
2010
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
11,068
$
(107,307 ) $
(4,384 ) $
2009
(1,750 )
(177 )
1,092
2,988
(105,154 ) $
(1,810 )
(177 )
81
103
(6,187 ) $
(1,750 )
(176 )
(97 )
—
9,045
Net income (loss) allocated to common shareholders, basic and diluted
$
Basic
Weighted average common shares including unvested common shares and Series C
preferred outstanding
Less: Weighted average unvested common shares
Less: Weighted average Series C preferred shares
Weighted average common shares outstanding
Basic earnings (loss) per common share
Diluted
Add: Weighted average Series B preferred issued and outstanding
Add: Dilutive effects of assumed exercises of common and Preferred Series B & C
stock warrants
Weighted average common shares and potential common shares
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
All historical data has been adjusted to reflect the 5% stock dividends.
95
(121,632 )
(332,894 )
12,169,987 10,640,872
(135,757 )
(171,616 )
11,715,461 10,333,499
(0.60 ) $
$
(8.98 ) $
9,182,487
(97,831 )
—
9,084,656
1.00
—
—
—
—
—
11,715,461 10,333,499
(0.60 ) $
$
(8.98 ) $
—
9,084,656
1.00
Stock options for 29,530 shares of common stock for 2011, 86,469 shares of common stock for 2010, and 297,258 shares of common stock for
2009, were not considered in computing diluted earnings per common share because they were anti-dilutive. Additionally, a warrant for the
purchase of 330,561 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $15.88 was outstanding at December 31, 2011, 2010 and
2009 but was not included in the diluted earnings per share computation as inclusion would have been anti-dilutive. Finally, warrants for the
purchase of 1,380,437 shares of non-voting common stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share were outstanding at December 31, 2011, but
were not included in the diluted earnings per share computation as inclusion would have been anti-dilutive.
NOTE 22 – OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
Other comprehensive income (loss) components and related tax effects were as follows:
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities
Less: Reclassification adjustment for gains realized in income
Reclassification adjustment for other temporary impairment realized in income
Net unrealized gains (losses)
Tax effect
Net-of-tax amount
2011
2010
(in thousands)
2009
$
$
4,162 $
1,108
(41 )
3,095
(1,083 )
2,012 $
4,553 $
5,152
(597 )
(2 )
1
(1 ) $
4,020
315
—
3,705
(1,297 )
2,408
NOTE 23 – PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Condensed financial information of Porter Bancorp Inc. is presented as follows:
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31,
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents
Securities available-for-sale
Investment in banking subsidiary
Investment in and advances to other subsidiaries
Other assets
Total assets
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Debt
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
Shareholders’ equity
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Years ended December 31,
Interest income
Dividends from subsidiaries
Other income
Interest expense
Other expense
Income (loss) before income tax and undistributed subsidiary income
Income tax expense (benefit)
Equity in undistributed subsidiary income (loss)
Net income (loss)
96
2011
2010
(in thousands)
2,564 $
2,321
103,083
776
550
109,294 $
18,064
2,223
192,140
776
2,383
215,586
25,775 $
990
82,529
109,294 $
25,775
396
189,415
215,586
$
$
$
$
2011
2010
(in thousands)
2009
$
$
215 $
20
1,272
(652 )
(3,614 )
(2,759 )
468
(104,080 )
(107,307 ) $
609 $
20
1,787
(659 )
(3,420 )
(1,663 )
(592 )
(3,313 )
(4,384 ) $
741
24
1,422
(819 )
(3,023 )
(1,655 )
(564 )
12,159
11,068
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Years ended December 31,
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income (loss)
Adjustments:
Equity in undistributed subsidiary (income) loss
Income tax valuation allowance
Loss on sale of assets
Change in other assets
Change in other liabilities
Other
Net cash (used in) from operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Investments in subsidiaries
Purchase of securities
Sales of securities
Net cash used in investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from sale of preferred stock, net
Proceeds from sale of common stock, net
Repurchase of common stock, net
Dividends paid on preferred stock
Dividends paid on common stock
Net cash from (used in) financing activities
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
Beginning cash and cash equivalents
Ending cash and cash equivalents
NOTE 24 – QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
2011
2010
(in thousands)
2009
$
(107,307 ) $
(4,384 ) $
11,068
104,080
1,095
—
157
(273 )
1,404
(844 )
3,313
—
84
(219 )
225
445
(536 )
(13,100 )
—
—
(13,100 )
(21,000 )
(514 )
6,117
(15,397 )
—
—
—
(1,319 )
(237 )
(1,556 )
11,064
19,476
—
(1,847 )
(4,706 )
23,987
(12,159 )
—
6
312
(76 )
390
(459 )
—
(5,075 )
110
(4,965 )
—
—
—
(1,721 )
(6,993 )
(8,714 )
(15,500 )
18,064
2,564 $
8,054
10,010
18,064 $
(14,138 )
24,148
10,010
$
Interest
Income
Net Interest
Income
Provision
For
Loan Losses
Net
Income
(Loss)
(in thousands, except per share data)
OREO
Expense
Earnings (Loss)
Per Common Share
Basic
Diluted
2011
$
First quarter
Second quarter
Third quarter
Fourth quarter
19,616 $
19,198
18,103
16,637
13,768 $
13,441
12,655
11,651
5,100 $
13,700
8,000
35,800
1,367 $
22,109
17,029
7,020
$
799
(39,989 ) (1)
(12,162 ) (2)
(55,955 ) (3)
2010
$
First quarter
Second quarter
Third quarter
Fourth quarter
22,626 $
22,126
21,340
20,315
14,177 $
14,727
14,576
14,086
3,000 $
6,600
5,000
15,500
378 $
3,854
2,163
9,859
3,256
$
(1,131 ) (4)
2,421
(8,930 ) (4)
.03 $
(3.33 )
(1.04 )
(4.64 )
.30 $
(.18 )
.16
(.77 )
.03
(3.33 )
(1.04 )
(4.64 )
.30
(.18 )
.15
(.77 )
97
(1) Second quarter net income was lower than the previous quarter due to increased provision for loan losses expense during the quarter, higher
fair value write-down adjustments on OREO, and a goodwill impairment charge of $23.8 million.
(2) Third quarter net income was affected by OREO write-downs to prepare for a bulk sale of OREO.
(3) Fourth quarter net income was lower than previous quarters due to increased provision for loan losses expense during the quarter and the
establishment of a deferred tax asset valuation allowance of $31.7 million.
(4) Second and fourth quarter net income was lower than previous quarters due to increased provision for loan losses expense during the quarter
and higher fair value write-down adjustments on other real estate owned.
All historical data has been adjusted for the 5% stock dividends.
NOTE 25 – CONTINGENCIES
In 2010, the Company sold common shares, convertible preferred shares and warrants to purchase common shares to accredited investors for $32
million in a private placement. In the placement, an affiliate of Clinton Group, Inc. (“CGI”) purchased 456,524 common shares and warrants to
purchase 228,262 common shares for $10.93 per share for $5,000,016. The numbers of shares and the warrant exercise price have been adjusted
to reflect the Company’s 5% stock dividend in November 2010.
On July 11, 2011, CGI sent a letter to the Company, which was also attached as an exhibit to a Schedule 13D CGI filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on the same date. In its letter CGI set forth concerns about the Company’s executive leadership team and its ability to
properly manage the Bank's operations, compliance with GAAP, financial disclosures and relationships with regulators, referencing the consent
order PBI Bank entered into with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Commonwealth of Kentucky Department of Financial
Institutions on June 24, 2011. CGI listed a number of steps it believed the Company must take to maximize shareholder value and comply with
the consent order. In addition, CGI stated its belief “that it is likely that a number of representations and warranties made when the CGI affiliate
entered into an agreement to purchase shares were false,” and demanded that the Company take immediate steps to “redress such breaches and
make CGI and the other purchasers whole.”
On July 20, 2011, the Company’s board of directors established a new Risk Policy and Oversight Committee comprised of independent
directors, to lead the Board’s oversight of the assessment and management of the risks of Porter Bancorp and PBI Bank. During the third
quarter, the Oversight Committee undertook an investigation of the allegations raised in the CGI 13D to evaluate their merit and to ascertain the
reasonableness of the Bank’s allowance for loan losses and OREO valuations at the time of Clinton’s investment.
The Oversight Committee reported its conclusions to the Company’s board of directors in October 2011. While recognizing opportunities for
procedural improvements existed in the Bank’s lending and non-performing asset administration, the Oversight Committee concluded that this
did not rise to a level that would result in the financial statements, or representations and warranties with respect to the financial statements,
being misleading to investors in the 2010 private placement offering of the Company’s stock. The Oversight Committee further concluded that
investors were afforded ample opportunity and access to information for their due diligence, including documentation involving asset valuation
estimates, on-site management discussions and additional inquiries during visits to the Company headquarters, and access to loan files of their
choosing and the appraisals contained therein, and that the Company’s disclosures were adequate in all material respects.
In a letter dated November 28, 2011 that was filed as an exhibit to its 13D amendment, CGI was critical of the Oversight Committee’s
investigation and restated its belief the Company’s balance sheet was overstated. CGI called upon the independent directors to correct the
balance sheet, replace the management team and raise capital. On January 30, 2012, CGI delivered a demand to inspect the Company’s records
pursuant to the Kentucky Business Corporation Act. The Company is providing records to CGI in accordance with Kentucky law.
Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None
Item 9A.
Controls and Procedures
Our management, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the
effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934) as of December 31, 2011.
98
As a result of regulatory examination and audit processes applied to our loan grading activities near and subsequent to year end, we determined
that our internal process for assigning loan grades did not always establish an accurate grade for credit risk. Our internal control processes
surrounding loan grades, which consist of a combination of internal and external loan review activities, identified and corrected grades for the
majority of loans that were not initially graded correctly. However, such loan review did not sufficiently cover all loans subject to potential
grading error throughout the year. In preparing our annual report on Form 10-K, we identified the extent to which our loan review controls did
not operate and expanded the scope to cover the remainder of the portfolio and adjusted our allowance for loan losses to take the additional
findings into consideration. Accordingly, we determined the controls regarding the determination of loan grades were not operating effectively
as of December 31, 2011. Our management, overseen by the Audit Committee, is working to implement steps to improve the process for loan
grading discovered in the closing process for the year and quarter ended December 31, 2011.
Based on that evaluation and the reason described above, management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer,
concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of the end of the period covered by this report. Management’s
Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting is set forth under Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of 2011 that has materially affected, or is
reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9B.
Other Information
None
Item 10.
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
PART III
We have adopted a code of ethics applicable to our Chief Executive Officer and our senior financial officers, which is posted on our website at
http://www.pbibank.com . If we amend or waive any of the provisions of the Code of Ethics applicable to our Chief Executive Officer or senior
financial officers, we intend to disclose the amendment or waiver on our website. We will provide to any person without charge, upon request, a
copy of this Code of Ethics. You can request a copy by contacting Porter Bancorp, Inc., Chief Financial Officer, 2500 Eastpoint Parkway,
Louisville, Kentucky, 40223, (telephone) 502-499-4800.
Additional information required by this Item 10 is omitted because we are filing a definitive proxy statement pursuant to Regulation 14A on or
before April 30, 2012, which includes the required information. The required information contained in our proxy statement is incorporated
herein by reference.
Item 11.
Executive Compensation.
The information required by this Item 11 is omitted because we are filing a definitive proxy statement pursuant to Regulation 14A on or before
April 30, 2012, which includes the required information. The required information contained in our proxy statement is incorporated herein by
reference.
Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
The information required by this Item 12 is omitted because we are filing a definitive proxy statement pursuant to Regulation 14A on or before
April 30, 2012, which includes the required information. The required information contained in our proxy statement is incorporated herein by
reference.
Item 13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
The information required by this Item 13 is omitted because we are filing a definitive proxy statement pursuant to Regulation 14A on or before
April 30, 2012, which includes the required information. The required information contained in our proxy statement is incorporated herein by
reference.
Item 14.
Principal Accounting Fees and Services.
The information required by this Item 14 is omitted because we are filing a definitive proxy statement pursuant to Regulation 14A on or before
April 30, 2012, which includes the required information. The required information contained in our proxy statement is incorporated herein by
reference.
99
Item 15.
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a) 1. The following financial statements are included in this Form 10-K:
PART IV
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009
Consolidated Statements of Change in Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010,
and 2009
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
(a) 2. List of Financial Statement Schedules
Financial statement schedules are omitted because the information is not applicable.
(a) 3. List of Exhibits
The Exhibit Index of this report is incorporated by reference. The compensatory plans or arrangement required to be filed as exhibits to
this Form 10-K pursuant to Item 15(c) are noted with an asterisk in the Exhibit Index.
100
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
SIGNATURES
March 30, 2012
PORTER BANCORP, INC.
By: /s/ Maria L. Bouvette
Maria L. Bouvette
President & Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
registrant and in the capacities indicated.
/s/ J. Chester Porter
J. Chester Porter
/s/ Maria L. Bouvette
Maria L. Bouvette
/s/ Phillip W. Barnhouse
Phillip W. Barnhouse
/s/ David L. Hawkins
David L. Hawkins
/s/ W. Glenn Hogan
W. Glenn Hogan
/s/ Sidney L. Monroe
Sidney L. Monroe
/s/ Stephen A. Williams
Stephen A. Williams
/s/ W. Kirk Wycoff
W. Kirk Wycoff
Chairman of the Board of Directors
March 30, 2012
President and Chief Executive Officer
March 30, 2012
Chief Financial Officer
March 30, 2012
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
101
March 30, 2012
March 30, 2012
March 30, 2012
March 30, 2012
March 30, 2012
Exhibit No. (1) Description
3.1
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Registrant, dated December 7, 2005. Exhibit 3.1 to Form S-1 Registration
Statement (Reg. No. 333-133198) filed April 11, 2006 is hereby incorporated by reference.
EXHIBIT INDEX
3.2
Articles of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, dated November 18, 2008. Exhibit 3.1 to
Form 8-K filed November 24, 2008 is hereby incorporated by reference.
3.3
Articles of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, dated June 29, 2010. Exhibit 3.1 to the
Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 7, 2010 is hereby incorporated by reference.
3.4
Articles of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, dated June 30, 2010. Exhibit 3.2 to the
Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 7, 2010 is hereby incorporated by reference.
3.5
Articles of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, dated October 22, 2010. Exhibit 4.8 to
Form S-3 Registration Statement (Reg. No. 333-170678) filed November 18, 2010 is hereby incorporated by reference.
3.6
Bylaws of the Registrant, dated November 30, 2005. Exhibit 3.2 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (Reg. No. 333-133198)
filed April 11, 2006 is hereby incorporated by reference.
4.1
Warrant to purchase up to 299,829 shares. Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed November 24, 2008 is hereby incorporated by
reference.
4.2
Securities Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and the Purchasers thereto, dated as of June 30, 2010. Exhibit 10.1 to
the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 7, 2010 is hereby incorporated by reference.
4.3
Registration Rights Agreement between the Registrant and the Purchasers thereto, dated as of June 30, 2010. Exhibit 10.2 to
the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 7, 2010 is hereby incorporated by reference.
4.4
Letter Agreement between the Registrant and SBAV LP, dated as of July 23, 2010. Exhibit 10 to the Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 29, 2010 is hereby incorporated by reference.
10.1+
Porter Bancorp, Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Incentive Plan. Exhibit 10.2 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (Reg.
No. 333-133198) filed April 11, 2006 is hereby incorporated by reference.
10.2+
Form of Porter Bancorp, Inc. Stock Option Award Agreement. Exhibit 10.3 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (Reg.
No. 333-133198) filed April 11, 2006 is hereby incorporated by reference.
10.3+
Form of Porter Bancorp, Inc. Restricted Stock Award Agreement. Exhibit 10.4 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (Reg.
No. 333-133198) filed April 11, 2006 is hereby incorporated by reference.
10.4+
Form of Ascencia Bank (now known as PBI Bank) Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan. Exhibit 10.5 to Form S-1
Registration Statement (Reg. No. 333-133198) filed April 11, 2006 is hereby incorporated by reference.
10.5+
Form of Amendment to PBI Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan.
10.6+
Porter Bancorp, Inc. 2006 Non-Employee Directors Stock Ownership Incentive Plan, as amended May 22, 2008. Annex A
Definitive Proxy Statement filed April 17, 2008 is hereby incorporated by reference.
10.7+
Amendment to Porter Bancorp, Inc. 2006 Non-Employee Directors Stock Ownership Incentive Plan, as amended May 22,
2008.
10.8
10.9
Promissory Installment Note of Maria L. Bouvette and J. Chester Porter, as borrowers, to David L. Hawkins, as lender.
Exhibit 10.7 to Form S-1/A Registration Statement (Reg. No. 333-133198) filed May 24, 2006 is hereby incorporated by
reference.
Letter Agreement, dated November 21, 2008 including the Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard Terms incorporated by
reference therein, between the Company and the U.S. Treasury. Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed November 24, 2008 is hereby
incorporated by reference.
10.10
Form of Waiver of Senior Executive Officers. Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed November 24, 2008 is hereby incorporated by
reference.
102
Exhibit No. (1) Description
10.11+
Porter Bancorp, Inc. 2011 Incentive Compensation Bonus Plan.
10.12
Consent with Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and Kentucky Department of Financial Institutions dated June 24, 2011.
Exhibit 99.1 to Form 8-K filed June 30, 2011.
21.1
List of Subsidiaries of Porter Bancorp, Inc.
23.1
Consent of Crowe Horwath LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
31.1
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 or 15d-14
31.2
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 or 15d-14
32.1
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(b) or 15d-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
32.2
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(b) or 15d-14(b) and U.S.C. Section 1350
99.1
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 30.15 of the U.S. Treasury’s Interim Final Rule on TARP
Standards for Compensation and Corporate Governance.
99.2
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 30.15 of the U.S. Treasury’s Interim Final Rule on TARP
Standards for Compensation and Corporate Governance.
101
The following financial statements from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10K for the year ended December 31, 2011,
formatted in XBRL: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) Consolidated Statements
of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, (v) Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.
+ Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
(1) The Company has other long-term debt agreements that meet the exclusion set forth in Section 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) of Regulation S-K. The
Company hereby agrees to furnish a copy of such agreements to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.
103
Exhibit 10.14
PORTER BANCORP, INC.
POLICY STATEMENT
INCENTIVE COMPENSATION BONUS PLAN
FOR SENIOR LEADERSHIP
EFFECTIVE 2011
OBJECTIVE
This Plan is designed to attract and retain excellent employees and to align the interests of our employees with the interests of our
stockholders. The plan shall reward and promote performance based upon predetermined and defined measurable objectives. It further has been
designed to reward above-average performance and to enhance risk-management procedures of the bank.
NOTE : The goal metrics are attached hereto as Exhibit A. The Banks used for the Peer metrics are identified in Exhibit B.
SENIOR LEADERSHIP TEAM AND DESIGNATED MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL (OTHER THAN MANAGED ASSET
COMMITTEE MEMBERS)
The Senior Leadership Team and designated management personnel (as designated by the Board of Directors in the organizational Board
meeting) can earn up to 30% of their salary based upon the bank’s performance. Each point scored translates to 1% of salary.
CPP RESTRICTION ON BONUSES
Under the CPP compensation regulations, no payments or accruals of bonuses, retention awards or incentive compensation are permitted
to be paid to the five most highly compensated employees of Porter Bancorp, during the period of time in which the U.S. Treasury holds an
equity position in Porter Bancorp. The Company is permitted, however, to grant employees long-term restricted common stock in an amount
that does not exceed 1/3 the employee’s total annual compensation. The determination of the five most highly paid employees is done on an
annual basis. As a result of the restrictions on payments or accruals of bonuses, retention awards or incentive compensation to the five most
highly compensated employees, effective for the year 2011, the Compensation Committee determined to grant the five most highly compensated
employees additional shares of restricted stock if the pre-established performance measures described above are satisfied. The fair market value
of the shares granted to each of these employees will be equal to the amount of the incentive cash bonus they would have received under the cash
incentive bonus. The shares granted to these employees will be subject to the terms set forth in the Treasury regulations.
104
Senior Leadership Team and
Designated Management
Personnel*
EPS
ROAA
ROAE
NIM
Efficiency
Total Possible Incentive
%
Points
3
3
3
3
3
15
Level 1
Target
Budget
Peer
Peer
Peer
Peer
%
Points
6
6
6
6
6
30
Exhibit A
Level 2
Target
110%xBudget
110%xPeer
110%xPeer
110%xPeer
Peer/110%
*
Under the CPP compensation regulations, no payments or accruals of bonuses, retention awards or incentive compensation are
permitted to be paid to the five most highly compensated employees of the Company, during the period of time in which the U.S.
Treasury holds an equity position in the Company. The Company is permitted, however, to grant employees long-term restricted
common stock in an amount that does not exceed 1/3 the employee’s total annual compensation. The determination of the five most
highly paid employees is done on an annual basis. As a result of these restrictions on payments or accruals of bonuses, retention awards
or incentive compensation, the five most highly compensated employees will be granted additional shares of restricted stock if the pre-
established performance measures described above are satisfied. The fair market value of the shares granted to each of these employees
will be equal to the amount of the incentive cash bonus they would have received under the cash incentive bonus described above. The
shares granted to these employees will be subject to the terms set forth in the Treasury regulations.
105
Exhibit B
PBIB Comparable Peer Group
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Bank of Kentucky Financial Corporation
Community Bank Shares of Indiana, Inc.
Community Trust Bancorp, Inc.
Farmers Capital Bank Corporation
First Financial Service Corporation
MainSource Financial Group, Inc.
Republic Bancorp, Inc.
S.Y. Bancorp, Inc.
106
SUBSIDIARIES OF PORTER BANCORP, INC.
Exhibit 21.1
Direct Subsidiary
PBI Bank
Asencia Statutory Trust I
Porter Statutory Trust II
Porter Statutory Trust III
Porter Statutory Trust IV
PBIB Corporation, Inc.
Jurisdiction of Organization
Does Business As
Kentucky
Connecticut
Connecticut
Connecticut
Connecticut
Kentucky
PBI Bank
Asencia Statutory Trust I
Porter Statutory Trust II
Porter Statutory Trust III
Porter Statutory Trust IV
PBIB Corporation, Inc.
Indirect Subsidiary
PBI Title Services, LLC
Durham-Mudd Insurance Agency,
Inc.
Jurisdiction of Organization
Kentucky
Kentucky
Does Business As
Parent Entity
PBI Title Services, LLC
Durham-Mudd Insurance Agen cy,
Inc.
PBI Bank
PBI Bank
107
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Exhibit 23.1
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-143676 and 333-143678 on Form S-8 and Registration
Statement No. 333-156281 on Form S-3 of Porter Bancorp, Inc. of our report dated March 30, 2012 with respect to the consolidated financial
statements of Porter Bancorp, Inc., which report appears in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Porter Bancorp, Inc. for the year ended
December 31, 2011.
Louisville, Kentucky
March 30, 2012
Crowe Horwath LLP
108
Exhibit 31.1
PORTER BANCORP, INC .
RULE 13A-14(A) CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
I, Maria L. Bouvette, Chief Executive Officer of Porter Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”), certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make
the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by
this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects
the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15
(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others
within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed
under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements
for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about
the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's
most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely
to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial
reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's
internal control over financial reporting.
Dated: March 30, 2012
/s/ Maria L. Bouvette
Maria L. Bouvette
Chief Executive Officer
109
Exhibit 31.2
PORTER BANCORP, INC .
RULE 13A-14(A) CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
I, Phillip W. Barnhouse, Chief Financial Officer of Porter Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”), certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make
the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by
this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects
the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15
(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others
within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed
under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements
for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about
the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's
most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely
to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial
reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's
internal control over financial reporting.
Dated: March 30, 2012
/s/ Phillip W. Barnhouse
Phillip W. Barnhouse
Chief Financial Officer
110
SECTION 906 CERTIFICATION
Exhibit 32.1
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Porter Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) for the annual period ended December 31,
2011, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Maria L. Bouvette, Chief Executive Officer of
the Company, do hereby certify, in accordance with 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of
the Company.
Dated: March 30, 2012
PORTER BANCORP, INC.
By: /s/ Maria L. Bouvette
Maria L. Bouvette
Chief Executive Officer
111
SECTION 906 CERTIFICATION
Exhibit 32.2
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Porter Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) for the annual period ended December 31,
2011, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Phillip W. Barnhouse, Chief Financial Officer
of the Company, do hereby certify, in accordance with 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of
the Company.
Dated: March 30, 2012
PORTER BANCORP, INC.
By: /s/ Phillip W. Barnhouse
Phillip W. Barnhouse
Chief Financial Officer
112
Exhibit 99.1
PORTER BANCORP, INC .
TARP CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
I, Maria L. Bouvette, Chief Executive Officer of Porter Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”), certify that:
(1) The compensation committee (the “Compensation Committee”) of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of the Company has met at least
every six months during the prior fiscal year with the senior risk officers of the Company to discuss and evaluate senior executive officer
compensation plans and employee compensation plans and the risks these plans pose to the Company;
(2) The Compensation Committee has identified and limited the features in the senior executive officer compensation plans that could lead
senior executive officers to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of the Company, has identified any features in the
employee compensation plans that pose risks to the Company, and has limited those features to ensure that the Company is not unnecessarily
exposed to risks;
(3) The Compensation Committee has reviewed at least every six months the terms of each employee compensation plan and identified and
limited the features in the plan that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of the Company to enhance the compensation of an
employee;
(4) The Compensation Committee will certify to these reviews;
(5) The Compensation Committee will provide a narrative description of how it limited the features in (i) senior executive officer compensation
plans that could lead senior executive officers to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of the Company, (ii)
employee compensation plans to ensure that the Company is not unnecessarily exposed to risks, and (iii) employee compensation plans that
could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of the Company to enhance the compensation of an employee;
(6) The Company has required that all bonuses, retention awards, and incentive compensation of the senior executive officers and next twenty
most highly compensated employees be subject to a provision for recovery or “clawback” by the Company if the payments were based on
materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria;
(7) The Company has prohibited any golden parachute payment to the senior executive officers and the next five most highly compensated
employees. For this purpose, a golden parachute payment is any payment triggered by involuntary termination with or without cause;
bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership of the Company; or a change in control of the Company;
(8) The Company has limited bonuses, retention awards, and incentive compensation paid to or accrued by employees to whom the bonus
payment limitation applies;
(9) The Company will permit a non-binding shareholder resolution on the senior executive officer compensation disclosures provided under the
Federal securities laws in accordance with any guidance, rules, and regulations promulgated by the SEC;
(10) The Company and its employees have complied with the excessive or luxury expenditures policy, as defined in the regulations and guidance
established under section 111 of EESA; and any expenses that, pursuant to the policy, required approval of the Board of Directors, a committee
of the Board of Directors, a senior executive officer, or an executive officer with a similar level of responsibility were properly approved;
(11) The Company will disclose the amount, nature, and justification for the offering of any perquisites whose total value exceeds $25,000 for
each of the employees subject to the bonus payment limitations;
(12) The Company will disclose whether the Company, the Board, or the Compensation Committee has engaged a compensation consultant, and
the services the compensation consultant or any affiliate provided;
(13) The Company has prohibited any tax gross-ups on compensation to the senior executive officers and the next twenty most highly
compensated employees;
(14) The Company has substantially complied with any compensation requirements set forth in the agreement between the Company and the
Treasury, as may have been amended;
(15) The Company has submitted to Treasury a complete and accurate list of the senior executive officers and the twenty next most highly
compensated employees for the current fiscal year with the non-senior executive officers ranked in descending order of level of annual
compensation, and with the name, title, and employer of each senior executive officer and most highly compensated employee identified; and,
(16) The officer certifying understands that a knowing and willful false or fraudulent statement made in connection with the certification may be
punished by fine, imprisonment or both.
Dated: March 30, 2011
By: /s/ Maria L. Bouvette
Maria L. Bouvette
Chief Executive Officer
113
Exhibit 99.2
PORTER BANCORP, INC .
TARP CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
I, Phillip W. Barnhouse, Chief Financial Officer of Porter Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”), certify that:
(1) The compensation committee (the “Compensation Committee”) of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of the Company has met at least
every six months during the prior fiscal year with the senior risk officers of the Company to discuss and evaluate senior executive officer
compensation plans and employee compensation plans and the risks these plans pose to the Company;
(2) The Compensation Committee has identified and limited the features in the senior executive officer compensation plans that could lead
senior executive officers to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of the Company, has identified any features in the
employee compensation plans that pose risks to the Company, and has limited those features to ensure that the Company is not unnecessarily
exposed to risks;
(3) The Compensation Committee has reviewed at least every six months the terms of each employee compensation plan and identified and
limited the features in the plan that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of the Company to enhance the compensation of an
employee;
(4) The Compensation Committee will certify to these reviews;
(5) The Compensation Committee will provide a narrative description of how it limited the features in (i) senior executive officer compensation
plans that could lead senior executive officers to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of the Company, (ii)
employee compensation plans to ensure that the Company is not unnecessarily exposed to risks, and (iii) employee compensation plans that
could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of the Company to enhance the compensation of an employee;
(6) The Company has required that all bonuses, retention awards, and incentive compensation of the senior executive officers and next twenty
most highly compensated employees be subject to a provision for recovery or “clawback” by the Company if the payments were based on
materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria;
(7) The Company has prohibited any golden parachute payment to the senior executive officers and the next five most highly compensated
employees. For this purpose, a golden parachute payment is any payment triggered by involuntary termination with or without cause;
bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership of the Company; or a change in control of the Company;
(8) The Company has limited bonuses, retention awards, and incentive compensation paid to or accrued by employees to whom the bonus
payment limitation applies;
(9) The Company will permit a non-binding shareholder resolution on the senior executive officer compensation disclosures provided under the
Federal securities laws in accordance with any guidance, rules, and regulations promulgated by the SEC;
(10) The Company and its employees have complied with the excessive or luxury expenditures policy, as defined in the regulations and guidance
established under section 111 of EESA; and any expenses that, pursuant to the policy, required approval of the Board of Directors, a committee
of the Board of Directors, a senior executive officer, or an executive officer with a similar level of responsibility were properly approved;
(11) The Company will disclose the amount, nature, and justification for the offering of any perquisites whose total value exceeds $25,000 for
each of the employees subject to the bonus payment limitations;
(12) The Company will disclose whether the Company, the Board, or the Compensation Committee has engaged a compensation consultant, and
the services the compensation consultant or any affiliate provided;
(13) The Company has prohibited any tax gross-ups on compensation to the senior executive officers and the next twenty most highly
compensated employees;
(14) The Company has substantially complied with any compensation requirements set forth in the agreement between the Company and the
Treasury, as may have been amended;
(15) The Company has submitted to Treasury a complete and accurate list of the senior executive officers and the twenty next most highly
compensated employees for the current fiscal year, with the non-senior executive officers ranked in descending order of level of annual
compensation, and with the name, title, and employer of each senior executive officer and most highly compensated employee identified; and,
(16) The officer certifying understands that a knowing and willful false or fraudulent statement made in connection with the certification may be
punished by fine, imprisonment or both.
Dated: March 30, 2011
By: /s/Phillip W. Barnhouse
Phillip W. Barnhouse
Chief Financial Officer
114